summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/42953-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-03-03 08:11:28 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-03-03 08:11:28 -0800
commit25607a86d66a26a3cd77b071d604d589853aaa8d (patch)
tree897fb806e339732e309b862c9c85f4085ed7d72b /42953-8.txt
parentded1f798424f0d1452f0bc78b470aa64d171c989 (diff)
Add files from ibiblio as of 2025-03-03 08:11:28HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '42953-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--42953-8.txt7400
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7400 deletions
diff --git a/42953-8.txt b/42953-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fdd44c..0000000
--- a/42953-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7400 +0,0 @@
- THE MOTOR SCOUT
-
-
-
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost
-no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-
-Title: The Motor Scout
- A Story of Adventure in South America
-Author: Herbert Strang
-Release Date: June 15, 2013 [EBook #42953]
-Language: English
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOTOR SCOUT ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Al Haines.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Cover]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: THE GOBERNADOR RIDES]
-
-
-
-
- THE MOTOR SCOUT
-
- _A STORY OF ADVENTURE IN SOUTH AMERICA_
-
-
- BY
-
- HERBERT STRANG
-
-
-
- _ILLUSTRATED BY CYRUS CUNEO_
-
-
-
- LONDON
- HENRY FROWDE
- HODDER AND STOUGHTON
- 1913
-
-
-
-
- RICHARD CLAY & SONS, LIMITED,
- BRUNSWICK STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E.,
- AND BUNGAY, SUFFOLK.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
-CHAPTER THE FIRST
- BOMBASTES FURIOSO
-
-CHAPTER THE SECOND
- COMINGS AND GOINGS
-
-CHAPTER THE THIRD
- BENEVOLENCES
-
-CHAPTER THE FOURTH
- GAS
-
-CHAPTER THE FIFTH
- PARDO DISMISSES HIMSELF
-
-CHAPTER THE SIXTH
- TIM IS HELD TO RANSOM
-
-CHAPTER THE SEVENTH
- THE PREFECT MOVES
-
-CHAPTER THE EIGHTH
- SUSPENSE
-
-CHAPTER THE NINTH
- FLIGHT TO THE HILLS
-
-CHAPTER THE TENTH
- CINCINNATUS O'HAGAN
-
-CHAPTER THE ELEVENTH
- THE MOTOR-CYCLE
-
-CHAPTER THE TWELFTH
- FREE WHEEL
-
-CHAPTER THE THIRTEENTH
- A COMMISSION
-
-CHAPTER THE FOURTEENTH
- HIS FATHER'S HOUSE
-
-CHAPTER THE FIFTEENTH
- THE RAID ON SAN ROSARIO
-
-CHAPTER THE SIXTEENTH
- A SIEGE AND A SORTIE
-
-CHAPTER THE SEVENTEENTH
- IN POSSESSION
-
-CHAPTER THE EIGHTEENTH
- THE ORDER OF THE NASTURTIUM
-
-CHAPTER THE NINETEENTH
- PARDO SCORES A TRICK
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTIETH
- PARDO LOSES A TRICK
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTY-FIRST
- RUN TO EARTH
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTY-SECOND
- A PUNCTURE
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTY-THIRD
- A LEAP FOR LIFE
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTY-FOURTH
- FROM DAN TO BEERSHEBA
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTY-FIFTH
- THE RAVINE
-
-CHAPTER THE TWENTY-SIXTH
- HANDSOME ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
-
-
-
-
- LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
-THE GOBERNADOR RIDES (_see page_ 10) . . . _Frontispiece_
-
-CAPTURED BY BRIGANDS
-
-HORSEMEN ON THE TRACK
-
-TIM LEADS A CHARGE
-
-THE HOLE IN THE FLOOR
-
-A CHECK AT THE CAVE
-
-
-MAP
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
- BOMBASTES FURIOSO
-
-
-One hot sultry afternoon in June, the population of the little town of
-San Rosario in the Peruvian Andes was struck with sudden amazement at
-the sight of a motor-bicycle clattering its way through the main street
-with some risk to the dogs, poultry, and small boys who had been lazily
-disporting themselves there. It was not the bicycle itself that evoked
-their wonder: that was an object familiar enough. Nor was it the youth
-seated in the saddle, and steering it deftly past all obstacles. It was
-a second figure, mounted uneasily on the carrier behind: a rotund and
-portly figure, which shook and quivered with the vibration of the
-machine as it jolted over the ill-paved road, maintaining its
-equilibrium with obvious difficulty. Children and women shrieked; the
-men leaning against the walls took their cigars from their lips and
-gasped; and the noise of the engine was almost smothered by the mingled
-din of barking dogs and screaming fowls. It was the figure of the
-gobernador himself: land-owner, chief magistrate, and father of a
-family.
-
-The wondering populace might have supposed that the gentleman had taken
-leave of his senses--for surely no one of his mature years and serious
-responsibilities would have risked so much if he had been sane--had it
-not been plain to them that he was in desperate distress. His head was
-bare; his swarthy cheeks were shining with perspiration; his eyes rolled
-with fright; and his fat hands were clasped about the waist of the boy
-in the saddle with the convulsive grip of a man clinging for dear life.
-The face of the boy was, on the contrary, beaming with delight. His
-lips were parted in a wide smile; his blue eyes were dancing; and his
-mop of tow-coloured hair waved joyously in the breeze that the motion of
-the vehicle created.
-
-The street filled, and soon there was a mingled crowd pouring in full
-cry behind the bicycle. There were young fellows in black coats and
-spotless collars--the well-to-do Peruvian is something of a dandy; men
-in white ducks and Panama hats; ladies in mantillas; Indians in
-bright-coloured ponchos; rough-clad muleteers; bare-legged Indian
-children. The rider waved his hand and grinned at a stripling who ran,
-pen in hand, from an office, to see the cause of the uproar, and
-smilingly watched the bicycle as it bowled along over the cobbles of the
-plaza, with much clamorous outcry from the hooter, finally coming to
-rest before a large house there. The perspiring passenger having
-descended from his uneasy perch, the rider dismounted and offered his
-arm as a support to the magistrate, whose legs, cramped by their
-unwonted strain, moved very stiffly as he approached his door.
-
-Young Tim O'Hagan and his motor-bicycle had been for some time the talk
-of San Rosario. Tim was sixteen, but he was called "Young Tim" to
-distinguish him from his father, and also, perhaps, in the spirit of
-kindly tolerance with which elders sometimes regard their high-spirited
-juniors. Young Tim had always been what his father's English friends
-called a "pickle," and old Biddy Flanagan, the family maidservant, a
-"broth of a boy." As a small boy he had been in frequent scrapes, and a
-cause of bewilderment and trouble to the grave householders of the town.
-More than once they had politely complained to Mr. O'Hagan of his
-escapades: scrambling over their roofs, hunting for lost balls in their
-gardens without much regard for their carefully tended flower-beds, and
-engaging in many other nimble exercises which are natural enough to an
-English--or Irish--boy, but are rare with the less active Latins.
-Thrashings and admonitions were equally ineffective; he would promise
-not to repeat a certain offence, and keep his word, but only to break
-out in a new direction. Mr. O'Hagan at last despaired of further
-correction, and yielded to his wife's advice, to leave Tim to the
-sobering hand of time.
-
-As he grew older Tim became less mischievous, without losing his wild
-spirits and love of frolic. To see him coast down the hills on his
-free-wheel bicycle with no hold upon the handle-bar filled the Peruvian
-boys with fear and amazement. And when, on his sixteenth birthday, his
-father surrendered to his importunities, and presented him with a
-motor-bicycle, there were not wanting many who foretold that young Tim
-would sooner or later break his neck. Tim laughed at them. He had come
-through his most daring exploits without any hurt more serious than
-scratches and bruises; and being very clear-headed and possessed of iron
-nerves he was accustomed to scoff at the warnings of timid people.
-
-In spite of his prankishness, there was no more popular person in San
-Rosario. Nobody could dislike the boy with his fair Irish face, his
-honest eyes twinkling with fun, and the shaggy head that scorned hats
-and defied sunstroke. The Peruvian ladies would have made a pet of him
-if he would have allowed them; and their husbands, in a country where
-everybody, man, woman, and child, smokes, often made him presents of
-cigars, which he accepted gratefully, and dutifully handed over to his
-father.
-
-His was the only motor-bicycle in the province, an object of a fearful
-awe to the young Peruvians. A crowd of these would surround him as he
-prepared to mount, and scatter with shrieks when they heard the clatter
-of the engine. Elderly ladies crossed themselves and drew their
-mantillas closer as they saw him flashing by, and the authorities of San
-Rosario were thinking of framing a bye-law for the protection of the
-inhabitants from furious driving. But they were slow to move; to-morrow
-would do; and Biddy Flanagan declared that no action would be taken
-until the gossoon had killed somebody dead.
-
-On this June day, Tim had left home early in the afternoon for a
-twenty-mile trip into the hills. He was returning, and had just run
-down a steep and winding declivity which joined the highroad to San
-Juan, the provincial capital, when he caught sight of the gobernador,
-Señor José Fagasta, ambling ahead on his mule in the homeward direction.
-In half a minute he overtook the magistrate, and being always very
-sociably inclined, and having a certain liking for the large
-good-tempered gentleman, he stopped his machine, dismounted, and after a
-salutation in Spanish stepped on beside the rider, not finding it easy
-to keep pace with the mule's rapid march.
-
-The gobernador was returning from the capital to his own little
-township, and it was not long before he confided to the boy the object
-and result of his visit.
-
-"Brigands, my young friend," he said amiably.
-
-"Are they caught, señor?" asked Tim.
-
-"No, no; but they soon will be, the rascals!"
-
-Tim pricked up his ears. Of late the so-called brigands had been very
-troublesome. They swept down from their unknown lairs in the mountains,
-falling unawares on some remote hacienda, and waylaying the trains of
-pack-mules on the roads. Tim, like many another honest boy, felt a
-sneaking admiration for these lawless adventurers, and was not wholly
-displeased that they had hitherto defied all attempts to track them and
-bring them to book. Besides, they were "against the government"; and
-there were many good Peruvians who had reason to abhor the officials
-under whose exactions they were then suffering.
-
-"What is going to be done, señor?" he asked.
-
-"What am _I_ going to do, you should have said," replied the magistrate.
-"You will see, my boy. They sent for me to-day at San Juan, and I have
-had a long consultation with his excellency the Prefect. 'Señor
-Doctor,' said he, 'you are the man to catch these ruffians. I leave it
-to you.'"
-
-There was an accent of pride in the gobernador's tone, and he looked at
-Tim with the air of a man demanding admiration.
-
-"Why do they call you doctor, señor?" asked Tim. "You don't attend us."
-
-"No, my son. I am a Doctor of Laws of San Marcos University. Yes, they
-have confidence in me," he continued. "And the brigands will soon have
-me to reckon with." He touched significantly the butt of his revolver.
-"I will hunt them down; I will catch them; I shall have no mercy on
-them, and they will find that such villainy is not to be allowed to go
-unpunished within twenty miles of Señor Doctor José Fagasta. I am a man
-of peace; nobody could be more mild and humane; but when I see the
-beneficent laws of our republic transgressed and defied, then I remember
-that I am chief magistrate; I become severe; I may even be called
-terrible."
-
-"What will you do with them?" asked Tim, impressed by the gobernador's
-vigorous words, and fascinated by the shining weapon that peeped out of
-his pocket, and the long sword that dangled from his belt.
-
-"They shall be shot, my boy. Not without trial, no; we shall be just
-even to the most villainous desperado. We shall catch them, and bring
-them in irons to the town. We shall give them a fair trial, and condemn
-them: that goes without saying; then we shall place them blindfolded in
-the plaza, and----"
-
-"Shoot them!" added Tim, as the magistrate paused mysteriously.
-
-Señor José nodded with official gravity, and for a little there was
-silence between the two, Tim conjuring up the anticipated scene, and
-wondering what the sensations of a man about to be shot must be.
-
-[Illustration: CAPTURED BY BRIGANDS]
-
-Suddenly, from behind a cluster of rocks at their left hand, there
-sprang into the road four men, who without a moment's warning flung
-themselves on the travellers. Two seized Tim, the other two dragged the
-gobernador from his mule, and in a trice had him on the ground at their
-feet. The attack was so sudden and unexpected that there had not been
-time even to cry out; but now the gobernador raised his voice in
-horrified protest, and Tim regained his wits and took stock of the
-situation. The men were attired in ragged tunics and breeches, with
-sashes about their waists, and feathered hats of varied hue. They were
-swarthy wild-eyed fellows; mestizos--men of mixed Spanish and Indian
-blood; and Tim knew at a glance that they must be members of the very
-gang of outlaws whom the magistrate had so valorously undertaken to
-extirpate. They began to talk to one another rapidly in a jargon which
-Tim, familiar as he was with Spanish, could not understand. But the
-upshot of their consultation was seen in a minute. One of the men who
-held the lad brought his face close to his, and said:
-
-"You go home! We have nothing to do with you. Take your machine and
-go."
-
-Tim glanced at the gobernador, who lay motionless in the hands of his
-captors, mingling protests, threats, and offers of money. The brigand
-cursed, and declared that the boy had better take his chance of escaping
-before they changed their mind. It was clear that nothing could be done
-for the gobernador; the brigands had him at their mercy; and Tim
-considered that there was nothing to be gained by remaining. Indeed, it
-must be confessed that he was a good deal afraid of these
-ferocious-looking fellows, and desired nothing better than to escape
-from their clutches. So he caught the handle-bar, ran a few feet with
-his bicycle, then sprang to the saddle, and in a few seconds was riding
-at full speed along the road.
-
-At first he was conscious of nothing but relief and joy at his own lucky
-escape. But he had not ridden far before he began to think of the
-gobernador. His conscience pricked him. He felt like a deserter. He
-owed nothing, it was true, to Señor Fagasta, who, while genial enough in
-private life, had always struck Tim as a ridiculous, pompous kind of
-person in his public capacity. But it seemed rather mean to ride away
-and leave the magistrate to his fate. There was not time to reach the
-town and bring back help; he could not himself do anything for the
-gobernador; and he began to wonder what the brigands would do with him.
-Perhaps they would rob him of what valuables he had, and let him go.
-Surely they would not hurt him! But when Tim remembered stories of the
-lengths to which these outlaws sometimes went he grew more and more
-uneasy.
-
-After a few minutes he slowed down, considered for a little, then
-dismounted and pushed his bicycle into a thick clump of bushes, where it
-was well hidden. He durst not ride back, for though his machine was
-furnished with a silencer, it did not run so quietly as not to be heard.
-He had made up his mind to retrace his path on foot, and see for himself
-what had happened. It was a long tramp uphill in the heat, and it took
-him nearly an hour to walk the distance which on the cycle he had
-covered in six or seven minutes. Fortunately the track wound so
-frequently that he ran no risk of being seen by the brigands.
-
-As he approached the spot, he moved slowly and warily, peeping from
-behind bushes along straight stretches of the track, and glancing up
-into the hills to right and left. On reaching the scene of the capture
-he found that it was deserted. Nobody was in sight. He looked this way
-and that, and stooped to the ground to see if he could discover by their
-footmarks the direction in which the brigands had gone. But the ground
-was hard; he could scarcely discern the tracks of his own tyres. A
-trained scout might perhaps have noticed some slight indication, but Tim
-had had no such training.
-
-"They've hauled him away," he thought, and there flashed into his mind
-recollections of fairy stories, in which ogres had carried human beings
-to their dens to make a meal of them. Tim had a vivid imagination.
-
-He was on the point of returning when a sudden loud buzzing struck his
-ear. He listened: it was like the sound made by swarms of insects in
-the forest. And yet it was different--hoarser, less musical. Somehow it
-reminded Tim of the gobernador's speeches on great occasions in the
-plaza, He left the path, still on his guard, and scouted to the right
-among the trees, from which the humming seemed to come. And guiding
-himself by the sound, he presently started back when he saw Señor
-Fagasta himself, bound upright to a trunk, bare-headed, his mouth
-gagged.
-
-The humming became very violent when Tim appeared. He noticed that the
-gobernador had managed to shift the gag a little. None of the brigands
-being in sight, he ran to the tree, removed the gag altogether, slit the
-cords about the señor's limbs, and was immediately embarrassed by two
-stout arms flung around him, and two hot lips pressing kisses on one
-cheek after the other.
-
-"Oh, I say!" he exclaimed, wriggling. "Steady on, señor."
-
-"Ah, my dear friend! My preserver! my deliverer!" Here there was
-another hug, but Tim evaded the kiss. "Tell me!" whispered the
-gobernador, "have those wretches gone away?"
-
-"Indeed they have," said Tim. "You had better come away too."
-
-"But they have taken my mule! I am not accustomed to walking. I shall
-faint: I shall be seized with apoplexy."
-
-"I have left my cycle two or three miles away, señor. If you can manage
-to walk to that you can mount behind me, and we'll be home in no time."
-
-"Yes, I will do so. Assist me with your arm. I am on thorns until I am
-on the machine; till then I am not safe. Hasten, my son. I have not
-walked a mile for twenty years, though in my youth--but no matter: I
-will do my best."
-
-They set off, Tim linking arms with the gobernador, who marched down the
-track with the rolling gait of a sailor. Every now and then he stopped
-to rest and recover breath, and as at these moments he showed signs of
-repeating his embraces, Tim edged away until he was ready to start
-again.
-
-"Ah, my preserver!" said the gobernador once, "you have laid a debt upon
-me which a lifetime of gratitude will not liquidate."
-
-"Indeed it's nothing at all," said Tim. "You would have done the same
-for me."
-
-"That is true; I certainly would; the blood of a long line of hidalgos
-runs in my veins. In Spain I might call myself Don José de Fagasta; in
-republics, alas! there is no aristocracy. But hasten, my son; I am not
-safe until I reach the machine."
-
-Tim thought from the gobernador's manner that the current of noble blood
-must by this time have become a pretty thin trickle. But he kept that
-reflection to himself.
-
-Señor Fagasta mounted behind Tim, proclaiming himself safe. But the
-rapid motion of the cycle down the steep and rugged track filled him
-with alarms of another kind. In vain he implored Tim to drive more
-slowly the boy replied that he would not be secure until he reached the
-town, and terrified him with apprehension of sunstroke. It must be
-confessed that the spirit of mischief was now fully awake in Tim. Every
-sigh, every ejaculation of the stout gentleman behind him gave him a
-thrill of joy. As they approached the town the gobernador, mindful of
-his dignity, begged Tim to stop and let him finish the journey on foot.
-But Tim could not resist the temptation to career through the street and
-set the magistrate down at his own door; he relished the idea of the
-wonder and excitement he would create.
-
-"It's hardly worth while to set you down now, señor," he said. "You'll
-be home in less than a minute. Hold tight!"
-
-As Señor Fagasta entered his house, he turned to Tim.
-
-"My son," he said in a confidential tone, "no doubt you will be asked to
-explain this strange occurrence. Do not reveal the cause. I do not
-command you as gobernador of this town; I ask as one gentleman of
-another."
-
-"I must tell my father, señor," said Tim.
-
-"Certainly; your father's discretion is perfect. Not a word to any one
-else, then?"
-
-"Very well, señor. But won't people ask you too?"
-
-"Undoubtedly. The doings of their magistrate are intensely interesting
-to the citizens of San Rosario. I shall explain to them that I felt an
-urgent need, a positive passion, to try for myself the qualities and
-speed--yes, I may say speed--of your motor-bicycle."
-
-"And your hat blew off in the wind. I see, señor," said Tim with
-twinkling eyes. "And now, of course, you will send the police after the
-brigands."
-
-"I shall never forget that I am gobernador of San Rosario. Good-bye, my
-son."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- COMINGS AND GOINGS
-
-
-Tim rode on through the town, soon left the last house behind him, and
-came into the open country. A rough track led northward to Mr.
-O'Hagan's hacienda, three miles away. Several years before, Mr. O'Hagan
-had bought his estate, consisting of some thousands of acres, at a very
-low price, and planted it partly with coffee, partly with sugar. His
-workers were Cholos (the native Indians) and Japanese. The cost of
-living and of labour being low, and the soil very fertile, the
-plantations had in a short time brought him wealth. The chief drawback
-was difficulty of transport. San Rosario was in a remote province
-between the Andes and the forests, far from railways and from good
-roads. There were steep hills almost all round the town, crossed only
-by rough paths over which goods were carried on the backs of mules.
-Some of the planters had tried to introduce wheeled vehicles; but the
-customs of the country proved too strong for them, and the arriero or
-muleteer, dirty, cheerful, hard-working and incorrigibly unpunctual,
-remained the common carrier.
-
-On first leaving the gobernador, Tim was glowing with pleasure and pride
-in his feat. But as he neared his home, his spirits gradually sank. He
-did not much relish the coming explanations with his father. Mr. O'Hagan
-was by no means strict with his only son as a general rule, but he was
-apt to look darkly on escapades which involved the townsfolk. By the
-time Tim came to the house he was in quite a sober frame of mind.
-
-The dwelling was a long, one-storied building of adobe and wood,
-constructed in Peruvian style. The entrance hall led into a patio--a
-sort of courtyard open to the sky, with palms and boxes of flowers
-around the walls. To the right of this were the drawing-room and study.
-Beyond was another patio with a well in the centre, and a veranda
-looking on the garden. On the other side were the dining-room and
-bedrooms, and a small room used by Mr. O'Hagan as an office. Then came
-the servants' patio, the kitchen and servants' bedrooms, and at the end
-of the house a large enclosure, part vegetable garden, part poultry run.
-
-Tim placed his bicycle in its shed behind the house, and entered,
-resolved to "get it over." He hoped to see his mother in the patio; she
-was often a very convenient buffer between him and his father; but she
-was not there, and he remembered that this was the time of her afternoon
-nap. He went on until he reached the office, where Mr. O'Hagan and a
-Peruvian clerk were at work.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan threw a rapid glance at the boy as he entered, and was
-relieved to see no cuts, bruises, or other signs of accident.
-
-"Had a good ride, Tim?" he said.
-
-"Pretty good," replied Tim somewhat gloomily. "I saved Señor Fagasta's
-life."
-
-"What's that you say? I suppose you overtook him and didn't run him
-down, eh?"
-
-"It wasn't exactly that," said Tim. "I did overtake him on his mule;
-he'd been to San Juan; but we were pounced on by four rough-looking
-fellows he called brigands. They let me off, and I walked back and found
-the gobernador tied to a tree. I brought him in on my machine."
-
-"You don't tell me so! This is very vexing; I wish it hadn't happened."
-
-"But, Father, you wouldn't have left the old gentleman to die!"
-
-"How do you know he'd have died?" said Mr. O'Hagan testily. "The
-fellows probably only wanted to squeeze a ransom out of him. Upon my
-word, Tim, you're a great trouble to me, with your machine. You know how
-careful I am to keep out of local squabbles, and yet you've run
-head-first into one."
-
-"Really, I couldn't help it, Father."
-
-"I suppose you couldn't, but it's a pity. You've made an enemy of the
-Mollendists, and in this country they may be our governors next week.
-You'll cost me a pretty penny. Still, you couldn't help it; only don't
-let it occur again."
-
-Tim heaved a sigh of relief.
-
-"You'd have laughed if you'd seen him," he said. "We came through the
-street in fine style. He was perched on the carrier, clinging on for
-dear life, and all the people shouting like anything."
-
-"You don't mean to say you brought him right through the street?"
-
-"Indeed I did."
-
-"Why on earth did you do that?"
-
-"It was such fun, Father. I really couldn't help it."
-
-"And don't you know you must never be funny with a Peruvian? He has no
-sense of fun, especially when the fun is at his expense. You're
-terribly thoughtless. You ought to have dropped the gobernador before
-you came to the town. However!"
-
-Mr. O'Hagan did not continue his rebuke. In his mind's eye he saw the
-recent scene, and remembered the time when he himself might have yielded
-to the temptation to which Tim had succumbed. Years before, when quite
-a young man, just arrived from home, he had thrown himself with Irish
-impetuosity into the struggle between Peru and Chile; and having been a
-lieutenant of volunteers when living in London, he had made use of his
-military knowledge in his new domicile. He had been given a commission
-in the Peruvian cavalry, and had led many a daring sortie, many a
-gallant charge. With those reckless feats still clear in his memory, he
-could not bear hardly on the boy who so much resembled him. "You can't
-put old heads on young shoulders," he thought; "but I was a fool to buy
-him that motor-cycle."
-
-The conversation between father and son had, of course, been carried on
-in English. The Peruvian clerk, bending over his books, listened
-attentively, but could understand only a word or two here and there.
-What little he picked up whetted his curiosity, and by and by, when he
-found an opportunity of speaking to Tim alone, he tried to pump him.
-But Tim did not like Miguel Pardo. He could scarcely have told why; it
-was an instinctive feeling which did not need explanation. When the
-young Peruvian began to ply him with questions in Spanish, perfectly
-polite, but yet, as Tim thought, rather too pressing, he gave short and
-vague answers. Pardo saw that he was being fenced with, and presently
-desisted, breaking off the conversation with a smile.
-
-A little later, when the O'Hagans were having tea in the patio, Pardo
-spent the last few minutes before closing work for the day in writing a
-letter. Then, locking up his books, he left the house by the servants'
-entrance and, instead of going to the huts half a mile away, in which
-Mr. O'Hagan's employees lodged, he set off for the town.
-
-He had not gone far when he was met-by Nicolas Romaña, the young
-Peruvian who was storekeeper and general factotum of the estate. The
-two men were always so excessively polite to each other that Mr. O'Hagan
-shrewdly guessed them to be hostile at heart. They never quarrelled;
-but it was impossible to be in their company long without feeling that
-at any moment sparks might fly.
-
-"Ah, señor," said Romaña, on meeting Pardo, "you are about to take the
-air? Let me give you a friendly warning: beware of a storm. I just now
-heard rumblings of thunder."
-
-"Many thanks, señor," replied Pardo. "I shall not go far afield.
-Perhaps to the town. San Rosario is not Lima, unluckily. There I should
-have a friend's house at every few yards to give me shelter."
-
-This, as Romaña very well knew, was a mere boast, an assumption of
-superiority: every Peruvian wishes to be regarded as a native of Lima.
-
-"How strange we never met there!" he said politely. "I myself was born
-at Lima, and lived there fully twenty years."
-
-"What a loss to me!" said Pardo. "I bid you good-evening."
-
-He swept off his hat and passed on.
-
-Romaña stood looking after him in some surprise. It was an unusually
-abrupt ending of the conversation. Ordinarily the bandying of words
-would have been kept up for several minutes. What was the reason of
-Pardo's haste? He was walking very quickly, too, as if he had an errand
-of importance.
-
-A man who has weighty secrets himself is very apt to suspect others of
-harbouring secrets also. This may perhaps explain why Romaña, instead
-of proceeding on his way to the hacienda, turned about, and dogged Pardo
-to the outskirts of the town. There the clerk entered a small house--a
-chacara belonging to one of the Indian agriculturists of the
-neighbourhood. In a few minutes he returned, passed unsuspiciously the
-clump of bush behind which Romaña was spying, and retraced the road
-homeward.
-
-Romaña remained on the watch. Presently an Indian came out of the
-house, went to his corral hard by, caught and saddled a horse, and rode
-off, not towards San Rosario, but along a bridle-path that ran westward
-and led into the high road to San Juan.
-
-The watcher felt that he had not come in vain. Instead of returning to
-the hacienda, he walked rapidly into the town, and showed signs of
-pleasure on meeting, near the plaza, a thin, wiry man of about sixty
-years of age, with whom he entered into earnest conversation. A few
-minutes later this man might have been seen riding quickly out of the
-town, on the same road as that which the Indian had struck perhaps half
-an hour before.
-
-Next morning, when the workers were busy about the plantation, and Mr.
-O'Hagan was engaged with Pardo in the office, Romaña strolled to an
-orange orchard a quarter of a mile southward from the house. After
-waiting there impatiently for nearly an hour, he was joined by the man
-with whom he had conversed in San Rosario on the previous evening.
-
-"Well, caballero?" said Romaña eagerly.
-
-"I followed him, señor, into San Juan."
-
-"Where did he go?"
-
-"To the Prefect's house."
-
-"Good!" said Romaña with satisfaction. "Is there any news?"
-
-"None, señor. The gobernador gives out that he very much enjoyed his
-ride."
-
-Romaña smiled.
-
-"Very well, caballero. Go back and keep eyes and ears open."
-
-They parted, and Romaña returned to his work.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- BENEVOLENCES
-
-
-Señor José Fagasta was seated in a deep chair on the balcony of his
-house overlooking the plaza. It was a hot afternoon, and he had
-exchanged his black coat for a loose jacket of white alpaca. An awning
-and his broad-brimmed Panama hat gave shelter from the sun. At his side
-was a small table, with a glass and a decanter. Between his lips there
-was a long cigar. It had gone out: the gobernador was asleep.
-
-He was suddenly roused by the sound of cheering up the street. Rubbing
-his eyes, and taking automatically a pull at his extinguished cigar, he
-let out a smothered ejaculation, struggled to his feet, and hastened
-into the house. The cause of these abrupt movements was the appearance
-of a party of horsemen trotting into the plaza at the upper end--the
-Prefect of the province, accompanied by a small escort.
-
-The gobernador hurried to his dressing-room, threw off his jacket, and
-was struggling into his frock coat when he was summoned to attend the
-Prefect below. He durst not delay. He held the Prefect in awe, as was
-only natural, seeing that it was the Prefect who had appointed him to
-his office, at the cost of a very considerable fee. In his haste and
-perturbation he forgot that he wore a Panama, and was only reminded of
-it when the Prefect, who was just entering the hall as Señor Fagasta
-came to the foot of the staircase, looked with stern disapproval over
-his head.
-
-"A thousand pardons, señor," said the confused gobernador. "I was
-taking a brief siesta, and did not expect to be honoured by a visit from
-your excellency."
-
-He swept off his hat, bowed his head before his superior, and politely
-invited him to a seat in the patio.
-
-The Prefect, a tall sharp-featured man of about forty years, with keen
-black eyes over which bushy eyebrows met, and a heavy moustache twisted
-into long points, accepted the chair, laying his three-cornered hat on a
-table. His manner made the gobernador uneasy.
-
-"An extraordinary rumour has reached me, señor doctor," said the
-Prefect, "that you were seen yesterday in a very undignified position,
-unworthy of your office, riding on a motor-cycle behind the young
-Inglés."
-
-"It is true, señor," said the gobernador. "I had never experienced that
-novel mode of locomotion, and I assure your excellency that I shall
-never try it again."
-
-"Such conduct, señor, is calculated to bring your responsible office
-into contempt. It cannot be overlooked: you are dismissed."
-
-For a moment the gobernador's emotion rendered him speechless. He
-thought of the many good English sovereigns with which he had bought his
-office, and the terrible eclipse of all his importance in the town. Then
-he pulled himself together: perhaps if the Prefect knew all he would
-have mercy.
-
-"Your excellency," he said humbly, "I admit that my conduct may seem
-wanting in dignity; but I beg that you will hear my explanation. I was
-returning from my interview with you, full of zeal for the duty with
-which you had entrusted me, when I was seized by four villainous
-brigands in the hills. They bound me to a tree, and but for the
-courageous intervention of the young Inglés, who mounted me on his
-machine and brought me home, I should probably either not be alive
-to-day, or be a much poorer man than I am. Not that I am rich," he
-added hastily. "In these circumstances I trust that your excellency
-will have the goodness to overlook my unintentional delinquency."
-
-"That is impossible, señor. Your dismissal is registered. It cannot be
-rescinded. Still, as a special act of grace, in consideration of your
-zeal, I may authorise your reappointment."
-
-"Your kindness overwhelms me, señor," said the grateful gobernador,
-unaware how truly he spoke.
-
-"But there is a condition, señor," the Prefect continued. "I am hard
-pressed for funds to carry on my campaign against the brigands. Your
-zeal is such that you will not refuse to make a small contribution on
-behalf of the cause--say £500. I shall then have the greatest pleasure
-in reinstating you as gobernador of this town."
-
-Señor Fagasta writhed. He knew that protest was useless. He must pay,
-or be disgraced. How much of his contribution would go to support the
-cause, and how much into the Prefect's own pocket, he could only
-suspect. The interview soon came to an end, and the Prefect left the
-house richer by £500.
-
-The idlers who had gathered outside cheered him again as he remounted.
-They expected to see him ride back to San Juan. To their surprise he
-struck into the rough track northward, which led only to the hacienda of
-Mr. O'Hagan, to another that lay some few miles beyond, and then to the
-hills. Evidently the Prefect's visit was of more than usual importance.
-
-[Illustration: Map]
-
-Half an hour later the Prefect reined up at the door of Mr. O'Hagan's
-house. The family were at tea in the patio. On seeing his visitor
-through the open door, Mr. O'Hagan rose with a muttered exclamation of
-annoyance, and went to greet him. He was forestalled by Pardo, who had
-run from the office and was holding the horseman's stirrup. Mr. O'Hagan
-felt that he could do no other than invite the Prefect to drink a cup of
-tea, and that gentleman was soon seated in the patio, stirring his cup,
-and talking to Mrs. O'Hagan in the charming manner for which he had a
-name among ladies.
-
-"I wish to thank your son, señor and señora," he said presently, "on
-behalf of the government, for his spirited action yesterday in the cause
-of law and order. There, my boy," he went on, taking a sol--equivalent
-to a florin--from his pocket, "accept that as a token of my high
-consideration."
-
-Tim looked at his father.
-
-"Pardon me, señor," said Mr. O'Hagan, swallowing his irritation, "your
-generosity is quite unnecessary. My son needs no reward."
-
-"That is very high-minded," said the Prefect, pocketing the coin. "He
-will allow me to shake him by the hand and compliment him on his courage
-and resource?"
-
-Tim gave him a limp hand: it was not so bad as the gobernador's hug and
-kiss.
-
-"I am glad to be able to number you and your family, señor," the Prefect
-continued, "among my declared adherents."
-
-"Don't make a mistake, señor," said Mr. O'Hagan quickly. "My son had no
-political motive in his action. It was a mere impulse of humanity."
-
-"The cause of the government is the cause of humanity," said the Prefect
-impressively. "The brigands represent anarchy. Brigandage is chaos. I
-am determined to stamp it out. My action is in the true interests of
-all law-abiding citizens, and especially of such enterprises as yours,
-which depend on the reign of law for their prosperity."
-
-At this point, after an almost imperceptible sign from Mr. O'Hagan, his
-wife rose and went with Tim into the drawing-room. The Prefect
-gallantly opened the door for her, and bowed with extreme deference: he
-was the pink of politeness. Then he returned to his chair. Mr. O'Hagan
-guessed what was coming. A few years before this, the Prefect, by
-bribery and intrigue, had ousted his predecessor in office, one Señor
-Mollendo, and had since maintained his position by corruption, and by
-levying forced loans on such of the wealthy men as had not the courage
-to resist him. The public taxes were already sufficiently heavy; but
-the province was so remote from Lima that its prefect was practically a
-dictator, and appeals to the central government would have been
-fruitless.
-
-Señor Mollendo, knowing that his life was hardly safe, had taken refuge
-in the hilly district in the heart of the province, and was there joined
-by his partisans, who grew gradually in number as the Prefect's
-exactions increased. These Mollendists were what we should call a
-political party in opposition: in Peru the government termed them
-brigands. It was natural enough that they should include among their
-number many lawless irreconcilables of the true brigand type; and
-opposition which would in England take the form of public meetings and
-demonstrations found expression here in raids and robberies. Mr.
-O'Hagan had been several times approached indirectly for contributions
-to the Prefect's war fund, but he had always refused to comply.
-
-"As I was saying, señor," the Prefect resumed, lighting the cigar Mr.
-O'Hagan offered, "your security depends on the supremacy of law. That
-being the case, and my treasury being in temporary need of funds, I have
-every confidence in inviting you to subscribe a small sum--say £1000--to
-a loan for the more active prosecution of the work of suppressing the
-brigands which we all have at heart."
-
-"I am a man of few words, señor," said Mr. O'Hagan. "I have bought my
-land; I pay my legal taxes, which are heavy enough; and I am entitled to
-the protection of government. My people are contented; I have had no
-trouble with them; the people you call brigands have not molested me; if
-they do I shall claim your protection, but I don't anticipate anything
-of the kind. I must therefore decline your invitation."
-
-"I beg you not to be hasty, señor. Your security may yet be rudely
-shocked: no man can call himself safe while the brigands are at large;
-and I should be very much distressed if you were to suffer loss through
-the unfortunate penury of the government. A contribution of
-£1000--merely by way of loan--would probably prevent a much greater
-loss."
-
-"Not one peseta, señor," said Mr. O'Hagan bluntly. "I must beg you to
-believe that that is final."
-
-The Prefect smiled blandly.
-
-"Ah! you Inglésas!" he said.
-
-"I'm an Irishman, señor: that's worse."
-
-"Well, señor, I must thank you for your hospitality and take my leave.
-I wish you every success, and a large share of the sunlight of
-prosperity. I only regret that by your reluctance to support me you are
-helping to let loose the forces of lawlessness and giving hostages to
-brigandage--in fact, breeding worms that will eat into the tissues of
-industrial enterprise. I bid you good-day, señor."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was not impressed by the Prefect's picturesque language.
-Tall talk is the foible of Peruvians. But after he had seen the last of
-his visitor, he returned to the house in a state of intense irritation.
-His wife was awaiting him in the patio.
-
-"He wants to bleed me," he said angrily: "demanded a trifle of £1000.
-This country is a hot-bed of corruption. And I wish that motor-cycle
-were at the bottom of the sea."
-
-"Why, dear," said Mrs. O'Hagan placably, "what has that to do with it?"
-
-"It gives the fellow an excuse for saying that I'm on the side of the
-Mollendists. Why do you let me spoil that boy, Rose?"
-
-Mrs. O'Hagan smiled, remembering that she had begged her husband to wait
-until Tim was a little older before giving him the motor-cycle. Wisely
-she did not remind him of that, but simply said:
-
-"Don't worry, dear. Things mayn't be so bad as you think.... And Tim
-is not _really_ spoilt, you know."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- GAS
-
-
-Next day Tim went into the town on an errand for his mother. He was
-looking at the window of the only book-shop, when he felt a touch on his
-sleeve. Looking round, he saw Alfonso, the gobernador's son, a sallow,
-weedy boy of about his own age, whom he had often vainly tried to induce
-to have a game at cricket in a field behind Mr. O'Hagan's house. He did
-not think much of Alfonso, who always called him señor!
-
-"Follow me, señor," said the boy mysteriously, "but don't let people
-know."
-
-He moved off at once. Tim might have thought that he was being enticed
-away for a practical joke of some kind, only he remembered that the
-Peruvians never played practical jokes except in carnival time. "I may
-as well go," he said to himself; so, pushing his hands into his pockets,
-he sauntered after Alfonso Fagasta. Several persons gave him pleasant
-greetings, and he stopped once or twice to exchange a word, always
-keeping his eye on Alfonso.
-
-The Peruvian boy walked past the church in the plaza, and turned into a
-narrow street, or rather lane, bounded on one side by the wall of the
-presbytery, on the other by a high wall enclosing a garden. Tim knew
-the place well; indeed, in days gone by he had sometimes scaled the
-garden wall in quest of ripe plums or peaches. He followed Alfonso for
-some distance, until he came to the rear of the enclosure, where there
-was a dense plantation extending up the slope of a hill. Here Alfonso
-made signs to him to wait, and disappeared through a wicket gate into
-his father's garden.
-
-"Why couldn't he tell me where to come?" thought Tim impatiently.
-"What's the silly secret?"
-
-He climbed a tree by way of passing the time, and presently, from his
-leafy bower, he saw the gobernador open the wicket gate, glance
-cautiously round, and then come swiftly towards the plantation. He
-looked this way and that, and gave a jump when Tim called out, just
-above his head:
-
-"Here I am, señor doctor."
-
-"Ha! my young friend, come down," said the gobernador.
-
-Tim dropped at his feet.
-
-"I have something to say to you," continued the gobernador hurriedly.
-"Pardon me for not receiving you in my house with the respect due to my
-preserver, but there are reasons...." He nodded with an air of mystery.
-Then he went on in nervous haste: "Tell your good father to be on his
-guard to-night. See that everything is secure. He must be careful not
-to arouse suspicion among his staff. Few are to be trusted in these
-disturbed times. If he sleeps at all, let him sleep with one eye open."
-
-"What's going to happen, señor?" asked Tim.
-
-"I say no more. Perhaps I have said too much. But I owe you so much
-gratitude----"
-
-"Don't mention it, señor," said Tim, backing. "Thanks for your
-warning."
-
-"Do not breathe my name to any one but your father," said the gobernador
-anxiously. "I must go. Next time I see you I hope it will be at my
-front door, with open arms."
-
-"I hope it won't," thought Tim. He shook hands with the flurried
-gentleman, who, with another cautious look around, returned to the gate
-and slipped through into his garden.
-
-Tim was very thoughtful as he walked home. Such a warning in Spanish
-America was not to be disregarded, and he could not help connecting it
-with the Prefect's visit, the object of which he had learnt from his
-mother. He had a lively imagination. Such a man as the Prefect was not
-likely to accept amiably the snub administered by Mr. O'Hagan. He might
-use other means than persuasion to enforce his will.
-
-He wanted money. To-morrow was pay-day at the hacienda, and there was a
-large sum in the safe. San Rosario had no bank. The branch of a Lima
-bank at San Juan had shut its doors on the accession of the present
-Prefect to office: the managers feared that their floating assets would
-be attached by the new official, ostensibly for public purposes. Since
-then the employers of labour had had to be their own bankers, drawing
-cash at intervals from Lima by well-armed convoys. There could be
-little doubt that the gobernador had somehow got wind of a plot to rob
-Mr. O'Hagan on the coming night.
-
-Tim wondered what his father would do to defeat the attempt. How would
-the burglars go to work? The safe was kept in the office. The key was
-on Mr. O'Hagan's bunch. To reach the office the robbers would have to
-pass through one or other of the patios. The middle patio had French
-doors opening on the garden. They were always locked and bolted at
-night, like the main door and the servants' entrance. It would be
-difficult to enter without making a noise, unless the servants were in
-league with the burglars. Tim thought of each of them in turn, and felt
-sure that all were trustworthy.
-
-All at once a brilliant idea struck him. His father was rather vexed
-with him--or with the motor-cycle, which amounted to the same thing;
-what a score it would be if he could deal with this matter himself,
-without his father knowing anything about it! He chuckled with delight
-as he imagined himself telling at the breakfast-table, as calmly as
-though it were an everyday matter, how he had defeated an attempted
-burglary. But how was it to be done? Mr. O'Hagan was a light sleeper; a
-slight noise would disturb him, and Tim was at a loss for any means of
-routing the burglars silently.
-
-He thought of wire entanglements; but he could not erect them without
-his father's knowledge. He thought of a booby-trap; but that was bound
-to make a noise. He had almost reached home before a plan occurred to
-him; it pleased him so much that he laughed. There was a large quantity
-of ammonia solution in the house, kept for household purposes and for
-use with the refrigerator which was a domestic necessity in this
-tropical climate. Tim had only recently left school in England, so that
-his knowledge of chemistry had not yet evaporated. If he heated some of
-this liquid, and led the vapour into the patio at the critical moment,
-the fumes would be obnoxious enough, he thought, to choke off any rash
-intruders.
-
-As soon as he got home, he took into consultation an old mestizo named
-Andrea, who was gardener and odd man, a family servant of many years'
-standing. Andrea was rather troubled, and advised that the warning
-should be given to Mr. O'Hagan; but few could resist Tim's
-persuasiveness, and the old man at length consented to assist his young
-master.
-
-Tim's bedroom was next to the office. At the bottom of the wall next to
-the patio there was a grating which could be removed. That night, when
-all the rest had retired, Andrea brought to Tim's room a large oil-can
-with a narrow neck, containing a quantity of the ammonia solution. Tim
-had already provided himself with a short length of garden hose, with a
-nozzle at the end. Drawing the rubber tubing over the neck of the can,
-he placed the nozzle end in the hole from which the grating had been
-removed, in such a way that when the cock was turned it would allow the
-fumes to enter the patio within a few inches of the office door. Having
-lighted a large spirit-lamp beneath the oil-can, he set a chair against
-the door, on which he could mount to reach a ventilator above, opening
-on to the patio, and sat down on his bed, quivering with excitement, to
-wait for the expected attack.
-
-Hours passed, and he grew fidgety. Every now and then he got on the
-chair, and peeped through the ventilator. All was dark and silent.
-
-"I don't believe they're coming," he whispered disconsolately to Andrea.
-
-"So much the better, señorito," said the old man.
-
-But Tim did not agree with that; he did not want to be disappointed of
-his fun.
-
-At last he heard a slight sound from without. Jumping on the chair, he
-peered through the ventilator. He could see nothing, but he guessed by
-the sounds that the putty was being scraped from one of the glass panes
-of the French door. Presently he dimly saw several dark, shadowy forms
-pass from side to side. The men were removing the pane. One after
-another the intruders stepped quietly across the patio towards the
-office door. Just as they reached it Tim slipped off the chair, stooped
-to the floor, and noiselessly turned on the cock of the nozzle.
-
-For a few seconds there was no effect. He heard the slight click of a
-key as it was inserted in the lock of the office door. But then, as the
-ammonia fumes began to diffuse, there was a sniff, a stifled cough, and
-a whispered exclamation. Presently there were louder coughs, long-drawn
-gasps, and the men, in the effort to repress these fatal sounds, choked
-and spluttered violently, until, half-blinded, half-suffocated, they
-turned away, cursing with what breath was left to them, and tumbled over
-one another in a rush for the door.
-
-At the same moment the door of Mr. O'Hagan's room was flung violently
-open, and that gentleman, roused by the noise, rushed into the patio in
-his pyjamas, a gun in his hand. Seeing that the pane was removed, he
-ran to the door, and sent a charge of duck-shot after the dark figures
-scampering over the garden-beds. The sound of firing roused all the
-household, and the affrighted servants came flocking into the patio.
-
-"What's this confounded smell?" gasped Mr. O'Hagan, turning when the
-marauders had vanished into the night. There was a chorus of coughs
-from the servants.
-
-Tim had turned off the stream of gas, and now opened his door; he felt
-very much annoyed with the burglars; why had they made such a silly row?
-
-"One of your tricks, Tim?" said Mr. O'Hagan. He gasped again.
-"Ammonia, begore!"
-
-"It is, Father," said Tim meekly.
-
-"What on earth do you mean by disturbing the whole household in this
-way? ... Get back to bed," he cried in Spanish to the servants; "all's
-well now.... Now, sir, just explain this tomfoolery."
-
-"May I come into your room?" asked Tim, anxious that old Andrea should
-not get into trouble.
-
-"You may, and apologise to your poor mother for disturbing her rest.
-Now, what have you to say for yourself? Were those fellows outside
-friends of yours, in the plot too? If so, you're responsible for the
-murder or maiming of some of them."
-
-"Indeed they're not. They are burglars, and I spoilt their game with
-ammonia."
-
-"Burglars, eh? But how did you know they were coming? You must have
-made preparations?"
-
-"I did. Old Fagasta told me to look out for them to-night, and I did
-so."
-
-"Indeed now! What did the gobernador know about it, then?"
-
-"He didn't tell me. He only asked me to tell you to be on your guard
-to-night."
-
-"Why didn't you do so, then?"
-
-"I thought I would make them scoot myself, and not disturb you. Who
-could know the donkeys would make such a silly row!"
-
-Mr. O'Hagan's mouth twitched at his son's indignant tone.
-
-"Well, Tim," he said, "sure 'twas very considerate of you, but next time
-you are asked to give me a message, give it. And no more tricks of this
-kind, mind ye. We don't wish to be blown up one night."
-
-"I dished them, anyway."
-
-"I don't deny it. But 'twas lucky the noise woke me; for a few pellets
-in their carcasses will be a more enduring lesson than a stink. Now, to
-bed!"
-
-When Tim had gone, Mr. O'Hagan said to his wife:
-
-"The Prefect has made his first move, Rose."
-
-"Tim was quite upset, poor boy!" replied Mrs. O'Hagan.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- PARDO DISMISSES HIMSELF
-
-
-"I am going into the town," said Mr. O'Hagan at breakfast next morning.
-"Last night's affair must not be passed over. I shall lay a formal
-complaint before Señor Fagasta. It won't be any good, but it would
-never do to take no notice. When Pardo comes, Tim, tell him that he
-must get the ledger posted to-day; he is rather behind. And if any of
-the people are curious about the shots last night--they must have heard
-them--don't answer any questions. I have already told the servants to
-hold their tongues."
-
-Setting off on horseback, he rode straight to the gobernador's house.
-He noticed that the magistrate greeted him nervously. When the usual
-civilities had been exchanged, he said:
-
-"I have to report, señor, that an attempt was made last night to break
-into my house, and to ask that you will do what you can to discover the
-villains and bring them to justice."
-
-"This is very distressing, señor," said the gobernador. "It will give
-the town a bad name, especially as it happened the day after the visit
-of our illustrious Prefect."
-
-"Yes, that is decidedly unfortunate," remarked Mr. O'Hagan ironically.
-
-"I will of course do what I can with the few police at my disposal," the
-gobernador continued. "Had it happened on the night before, I should
-have been better able to deal with the matter, for the Prefect left a
-few of his escort of gendarmes behind. They were quartered on me; but
-they departed yesterday evening. Perhaps you will give me full
-particulars, which I will draw up in proper form."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan related the circumstances, which the gobernador wrote down
-with great deliberateness and solemnity. While he was doing this, Mr.
-O'Hagan had time to put two and two together. He had little doubt that
-the attack had been made by men left behind for that purpose by the
-Prefect, and guessed that the gobernador had learnt or suspected their
-design from something they had let fall while quartered in his house.
-
-The report having been drawn up, Señor Fagasta gravely stamped it with
-the official seal, and said:
-
-"Be assured I will do what I can, señor. I trust that the señora and
-your excellent son are well?"
-
-"Quite, señor, thank you," said Mr. O'Hagan.
-
-Neither had mentioned the incident of the bicycle or the warning given
-by the gobernador, from whose manner Mr. O'Hagan judged that he did not
-wish those matters to be alluded to. On his side, he felt that it would
-be indiscreet and probably useless to press the magistrate for
-particulars of what he knew or suspected. He had done a good turn in
-giving the warning, no doubt risking the vengeance of the Prefect if his
-action should come to that worthy's knowledge.
-
-Taking leave of the gobernador, Mr. O'Hagan rode home and went straight
-to the office. It was empty. He called to Tim, who was practising with
-an air-gun at a target set up at the end of the lawn.
-
-"Where's Pardo?" he asked.
-
-"He hasn't turned up, Father. He sent a kid over to say that he's
-grieved to the heart at not being able to attend to his duties, owing to
-a painful attack of lumbago. I don't like the chap, Father."
-
-"Because he's got lumbago?"
-
-"No; because I think he's a bit of a fraud. Last time he stayed away it
-was a sore heel, you remember; but I happened to see him picking oranges
-in the evening when the men had gone home, and he walked well enough."
-
-"You didn't mention it to me."
-
-"Well, his heel might have been sore, and I didn't want to meddle,
-especially as you think a good deal of him, Father."
-
-"I do. He's the best book-keeper I ever had. I'll get your mother to
-send him some turpentine: that'll put him to rights."
-
-In the course of the day Romaña was despatched by Mrs. O'Hagan with a
-bottle of turpentine for the sick man. Pardo was not to be seen. The
-old half-breed woman who looked after him told Romaña that her master
-had not risen that day, complaining of pains and stiffness in his back.
-
-"Has he sent for the doctor?" he asked.
-
-"Not yet. He says it is a chill, and will soon pass."
-
-"The mistress has sent some stuff to cure him. The instruction is to
-rub it into the skin very thoroughly. Take it to Señor Pardo, and ask
-if I can do anything for him."
-
-The old woman went off with the bottle. Romaña had noticed Pardo's coat
-lying over the back of a chair. As soon as he was alone, he lifted the
-coat, cast a rapid but searching glance over it, and laid it on the
-chair again.
-
-"Many thanks, señor," came Pardo's voice from the inner room. "Thank
-the gracious lady for me, and say that I hope to return to my beloved
-duty in a day or two."
-
-"Is the pain very severe, señor?" asked Romaña sympathetically.
-
-"Not so severe as the stiffness, señor. Take care that you don't take a
-chill."
-
-"Thanks, my friend. I myself am always careful of the night air.
-Good-day; I will give the mistress your message."
-
-Romaña hurried back to the house, and sought his master in the office.
-
-"Well, how is the invalid?" asked Mr. O'Hagan. "Did you see him?"
-
-"No, señor: he was keeping his bed. I would suggest that you should
-send your own doctor to him."
-
-"That's not necessary, surely. A good rubbing is all that he needs for
-lumbago."
-
-"If it is lumbago!" said the man. "Will you give me a moment, señor?"
-
-"Of course," replied Mr. O'Hagan, laying down his pen. "What is it?"
-
-He leant back in his chair, frowning a little. A most unsuspicious man
-himself, he was annoyed at Romaña's suggestion of malingering, coming on
-top of the doubts hinted by Tim.
-
-"On the day when the señor gobernador rode on the bicycle," said Romaña,
-"Señor Pardo sent a letter to his excellency the Prefect."
-
-"What of that? and how do you know?" asked Mr. O'Hagan sharply.
-
-"I saw his Cholo messenger ride away with it to San Juan, señor, and a
-friend reported to me that the Cholo took it to the Prefect's house. As
-you know, the Prefect came to San Rosario two days after, and visited
-the gobernador. He then rode here. Señor Pardo held his stirrup while
-he dismounted. He returned to San Juan, but left some of his gendarmes
-behind. Then came the matter of last night. To-day Señor Pardo is not
-to be seen."
-
-"What are you driving at?" asked Mr. O'Hagan irritably.
-
-"Have patience, señor. I have been ten years in your service, and you
-have no complaint against me?"
-
-"That is true, but I don't like this air of mystery and suspicion. Say
-plainly what you have in your mind."
-
-"I have just seen Señor Pardo's coat--the one he was wearing yesterday:
-there were several little black holes in the back. I think if you send
-your doctor to him, you will find that he suffers not from lumbago but
-from shot wounds."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan stared in amazement.
-
-"You suggest that he was among those villains who tried to break in last
-night?" he asked.
-
-"I do, señor."
-
-"And that the Prefect was concerned in it?"
-
-"The Prefect's gendarmes, señor. As for the Prefect himself!..."
-
-He shrugged expressively.
-
-"And that Señor Pardo is in the Prefect's pay?"
-
-"That is my belief, señor."
-
-"Romaña, are you a spy?"
-
-"Señor, I am a Mollendist," replied the man with dignity.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was much perturbed. He was loth to believe that Pardo was a
-traitor, but the chain of events as linked together by Romaña was
-unpleasantly consistent. Perhaps what troubled him most of all was the
-discovery that, careful as he had been to hold aloof from local
-dissensions, two of his servants were mixed up in them, on opposite
-sides. It was now easier to understand the mutual antagonism between
-the two men, of which, though veiled by the outward forms of civility,
-he had always been conscious.
-
-"You have told no one else what you suspect?" he said, after a few
-moments' deliberation.
-
-"Nobody, señor."
-
-"Then take care not to do so. I believe that you mean well, but I hope
-to find you mistaken. We shall see."
-
-When Romaña had gone, Mr. O'Hagan sought his wife and told her
-everything.
-
-"I have never liked Pardo," she said, "though I can't say why. Perhaps
-it would be as well to ask Dr. Pereira to see him."
-
-"I prefer not to. I shall put it to the fellow direct when he comes
-back to work. One thing is certain: Romaña must go. I can't have a
-Mollendist about the place. If it became known, the Prefect would make
-it another reason for worrying me, or worse."
-
-"Won't you write to the British consul at Lima?"
-
-"I'm afraid that would be useless. He's too far away to be able to do
-anything. We're in a desperately awkward position, Rose. The Prefect
-will have his knife in me, and young Tim has certainly offended the
-Mollendists by releasing the gobernador. Whatever they meant to do with
-him, they will be furious at being baulked by a youngster. When I send
-my next convoy to the capital, I think you and the boy had better go
-too. You'll be out of harm's way there."
-
-"Indeed I will do nothing of the kind, Tim. I will not leave you. And
-I can't believe that there's any danger to a British subject here.
-Write to the consul at once, dear; it's just as well to be beforehand
-with trouble."
-
-"I will do so. Say nothing to Tim, by the way. He'd only worry."
-
-Three days afterwards Pardo returned. He looked rather pale, and after
-greeting his employer launched out into a voluble description of his
-sufferings.
-
-"But the gracious lady's lotion worked wonders, señor," he said.
-
-"Rather painful, isn't it?" said Mr. O'Hagan, noticing with misgiving
-that the man wore a new coat.
-
-"Not at all, señor. Its application was most soothing. It is a most
-excellent remedy."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan remembered how, when suffering from lumbago himself, the
-friction with turpentine had left his back sore and smarting for days.
-
-"Sit down, Pardo," he said. "I've something to say to you."
-
-The man sat down awkwardly on his chair, smiling amiably.
-
-"You remember the night of the attempted robbery," Mr. O'Hagan went on.
-"No doubt my shots disturbed you."
-
-"Not at all, señor. I slept the sleep of the just."
-
-"How often do you correspond with the Prefect?"
-
-The sudden question obviously took Pardo aback. He looked
-uncomfortable, but recovered himself in a moment, and said with a feeble
-smile:
-
-"A humble clerk and book-keeper does not correspond with so important a
-person as his excellency, señor."
-
-"Nevertheless, you sent a letter to his excellency a few days ago. He
-visited me two days after, and left a party of his gendarmes in the town
-when he returned to San Juan. I have reason to suspect that they were
-concerned in the attempt to rob me. How did they know that at that
-precise moment I had a large sum of money in my safe?"
-
-"These are very strange questions, señor," said Pardo. His manner was
-quiet and restrained, but Mr. O'Hagan, intently watching him, noticed a
-look of fear in his eyes.
-
-"They are," he said. "Here's another: where is your old coat? I mean
-the coat you were wearing last time you were here. It was nearly new."
-
-Pardo started to his feet.
-
-"Señor, this is intolerable," he cried. "I don't know what you mean, but
-your questions are an insult to a perfect gentleman." (Every Peruvian
-is a perfect gentleman.) "You will please to accept my resignation."
-
-"Very well, Pardo: perhaps it is best." He handed him his week's wages.
-
-"And let me tell you this, Señor Inglés," cried the man furiously as he
-pocketed the money: "a Peruvian gentleman does not take lightly such
-insults to his honour. You will repent this. You will feel the weight
-of my just anger. You treat me like a dog: dogs can bite. I will not
-accept your money."
-
-He took it from his pocket and threw it on the floor. "You shall learn
-what it is to insult a perfect gentleman."
-
-Snatching up his hat, he swept it round in ironical salutation, and
-flung out of the room.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
- TIM IS HELD TO RANSOM
-
-
-Tim had many acquaintances but few friends among the youth of San
-Rosario and the neighbourhood. He often felt the lack of a chum of his
-own age, and looked forward eagerly to the time, now drawing very near,
-when he would return to England and enter an engineering college. His
-most intimate friend in Peru was a young fellow, two or three years
-older than himself, named Felipe Durand, who lived on his father's
-hacienda, about twelve miles north of the town. Durand had been
-educated in England, and being a very fair batsman, he sometimes joined
-Tim in getting up a cricket match between elevens of the Japanese
-workers.
-
-On the day after Pardo's dismissal, Tim rode out to Durand's house to
-arrange for a match in the following week. The path was only a rough
-track; it was indeed not a public thoroughfare at all, but was
-maintained by Señor Durand and Mr. O'Hagan for their own convenience.
-Much of it ran through woods, and on each side the ground rose gradually
-to a considerable height.
-
-Tim met nobody on the way, but within a few miles of the hacienda he
-noticed a group of men at the edge of the wood some little distance from
-the path. Thinking that they were peons of Señor Durand he gave them
-only a fleeting glance and passed by. He reached his friend's house
-about twenty minutes after starting, and discussed the proposed match in
-a little summer-house, over a dish of fruit and a glass of lemonade.
-
-"I say, O'Hagan," said young Durand, after arrangements had been made,
-"I wish I had seen your performance with the gobernador. It must have
-been great sport."
-
-The two boys always used English when together.
-
-"Indeed, it was good fun," said Tim. "The pater was in a bit of a fizz:
-he thinks the Mollendists won't like it."
-
-"I dare say not. He should do as my governor does."
-
-"What's that?"
-
-"Pay up. My father gives them a regular subscription."
-
-"That's rather dangerous, isn't it? The Prefect would drop on him if he
-knew."
-
-"The Prefect has dropped on him as it is. He has borrowed a good deal
-that he'll never pay back. My father grumbles, of course; but he likes
-a quiet life, and would rather pay than be worried. He subscribes to
-the Mollendists' funds for the same reason; they leave him alone. He
-says that old Mollendo will get the better of the Prefect one of these
-days, and as the old chap is fairly honest he won't be sorry. Your
-pater had better do the same."
-
-"I'm sure he won't. He says corruption is the curse of this country,
-and he won't have anything to do with either of the parties."
-
-"That's very honourable and British, but it won't pay.... Have those
-robbers been caught yet?"
-
-"They have not. D'you know, I believe our man Pardo had a hand with
-them; the pater gave him the sack yesterday. He resigned, but only to
-avoid a sacking. I'm not sorry.... Well, you'll come over on Monday,
-then. It's a holiday, so we'll make a day of it."
-
-Tim had ridden only a few miles on his homeward way when he was brought
-to a sudden check. The path was blocked by a tree which had apparently
-fallen since he passed a couple of hours before. He dismounted, resting
-his bicycle against the trunk. The tree was obviously too heavy to be
-lifted, and he was looking for a way round it when a number of men
-rushed at him from the bushes on each side of the track, and in a few
-seconds he was a prisoner. Among his captors he saw one of the brigands
-who had snapped up the gobernador.
-
-"You will not get away this time, Señor Inglés," said the man, laughing.
-"You will please to come with us."
-
-Tim was helpless. He could only put the best face on it. The men led
-him along the track northward, in the direction of Durand's house, two
-following with the bicycle. As they neared the house, they struck into
-the woods on the left, not returning to the track until they were some
-distance beyond, at a wooden bridge over a ravine. The district to the
-north had a bad name. It was the immemorial haunt of outlaws, whether
-revolutionist or criminal. The outlawed criminal was invariably a
-revolutionist; though among the revolutionists there were many, like
-their leader, Mollendo himself, who were quite respectable members of
-society.
-
-After a few miles the country became very wild and rugged. The men in
-charge of the bicycle grumbled at their laborious task; they were not
-used to wheeling so heavy and cumbersome an object, and in the rougher
-places it was difficult to balance. Every minute Tim expected to see
-the machine escape from their hands, topple over, and dash itself to
-pieces on the rocky declivity.
-
-The track became steeper and steeper. It wound this way and that, a
-rough wall of rock rising high on the left hand; on the right long
-slopes and sheer descents, crossed by yawning gullies, stretching
-downwards for hundreds of feet. Now and then white gull-like mountain
-birds flew screaming in front of the party; hundreds of squirrels were
-disporting on the rocky ramparts, darting among the trees that clothed
-the ravines when they saw the intruders upon their solitudes. They
-marched on for hours, covering, perhaps, a mile and a half an hour,
-until night threw its purple shade upon the hills. Then they halted in a
-narrow glen. The leader of the party gave Tim the option of being tied
-up or passing his word not to attempt escape.
-
-"You are Inglés," he said. "I can trust your word."
-
-Tim did not appreciate the compliment; but since it was quite clear that
-he could not escape with his bicycle, he gave his word, looking as
-pleasant as he could. The men bivouacked, making a supper of parched
-maize, which they took from their wallets, and weak spirits from their
-flasks. They offered Tim a share of their provisions; he accepted the
-maize, but declined the spirits, longing for a draught of water.
-
-He spent a very uncomfortable night. The rocky ground cut into his light
-summer clothes, which afforded but a poor defence against the cold of
-this upland region. He slept fitfully, wondering in the wakeful
-intervals what was going to happen to him, and thinking of the distress
-his parents must suffer at his absence. "Durand was right," he thought.
-"When I get free I'll ask Father to give these Mollendists a
-subscription. But I bet he won't."
-
-The march was resumed in the morning. The track still ascended, until it
-reached a ridge, from which Tim caught glimpses on the other side of a
-river meandering far below between wooded banks. In front the ridge
-rose gradually. In about three hours the party, passing between two
-tall rocks like gate-pillars on either side of the track, found
-themselves suddenly in an encampment of considerable size. Two or three
-hundred men were assembled in a sort of courtyard surrounded by
-tumble-down buildings of unworked stone. Tim knew at a glance that he
-was in the ruins of an ancient Inca fortification, castle, or
-observation plaza, built by that vanished race on a hill-top which had
-probably been flattened artificially. The men were encamped on two
-sides of the enclosure; on the other two sides a number of horses were
-hobbled.
-
-Tim had no time to take in more details of the scene. The arrival of
-his captors was hailed with shouts, and he was led through the excited
-throng to an angle of the courtyard, where, in a little recess, a
-Peruvian between fifty and sixty years of age, and of benevolent aspect,
-was reclining on rugs before a slab that served as a table.
-
-"Señor," said the leader of the party, "this is the young Inglés who
-released the man Fagasta."
-
-Señor Mollendo rose and made a courtly salutation.
-
-"Good-morning, Señor Inglés," he said. "I have heard of you and your
-respected father. It gives me the greatest pain to see you in your
-present unhappy plight."
-
-"You can relieve your pain at once by releasing me, señor," said Tim
-boldly.
-
-Mollendo gave him an indulgent smile.
-
-"I have to consider the claims of justice, my young friend. See how the
-case stands. You were taken with the man Fagasta, the hireling of the
-usurping Prefect. You were released, but with rank ingratitude returned
-and set free the gobernador, the agent of the odious dictator, the man
-who had been heard to boast of his intention to root out the friends of
-liberty from this oppressed region. Your offence could scarcely be more
-serious. It is dangerous for a foreigner to interfere in our domestic
-affairs; especially is it unbecoming in an Englishman, a citizen of that
-glorious land of freedom, a lover of liberty and of equal laws, to
-associate himself with the agents of a corrupt and shameless tyranny.
-It is necessary to signalise the abhorrence with which such action must
-be viewed by all right-thinking men. You shall be a recipient of such
-poor hospitality as I can extend to you until your unworthy conduct is
-redeemed by the payment of £250, and the engine by means of which you
-effected your reprehensible intervention on behalf of the oppressor will
-be confiscated to the use of the patriots."
-
-Tim was quite unused to having such eloquence hurled at him. His head
-master had contented himself with a few sharp words and half a dozen
-swishes--infinitely preferable to such a lot of "jaw." He felt
-overwhelmed, and had nothing to say. "Jolly cheek!" he thought, "asking
-£250. I wish he may get it."
-
-His parole was demanded again, and he was strictly forbidden to stray
-beyond the limits of the enclosure. He was given a dinner consisting of
-mutton boiled with vegetables, and toasted maize, with water from a
-stream, almost dried up by the summer heat, that flowed into the broader
-river below. Mollendo offered him a Manilla cigar, which he put in his
-pocket.
-
-He was allowed to roam about the encampment. So well placed that one
-might approach within a few yards without discovering it, it overlooked
-the surrounding country for hundreds of square miles. On the east he
-could see the track by which he had come, winding east and south-east
-through the hills. On the west a few steps cut in the rock led to what
-had once been an Inca road, running into the path that led southward to
-the highway to San Juan. Southward flowed the hill-stream, through a
-rough and precipitous gully. To the north the ground rose steeply to
-inaccessible snow-capped peaks.
-
-Tim passed a restless and unhappy day. He supposed that Mollendo had
-sent one of his men to demand the ransom from his father; but no
-information was given him. The only mitigation of his captivity was
-afforded by the brigands' experiments with the motor-cycle. None of
-them was able to ride it; few were anxious to try. They were good
-horsemen, no doubt; but Tim soon came to the conclusion that they would
-never make motor-cyclists. He watched with amusement their first
-attempts in the middle of the courtyard. One man tried to mount the
-bicycle when stationary, and became violently angry at each failure to
-maintain his balance. Then he got two of his comrades to support him,
-one on each side, and thrust at the handles. No movement resulting, his
-supporters pushed the machine for a few yards, then let it go. It
-toppled over, and the rider's leg being crushed between the cycle and
-the ground, he swore bitterly, and retired to digest his discomfiture.
-
-Señor Mollendo looked on at all this with much disappointment. The
-confiscated machine, apparently, was not to be so valuable an
-acquisition as he had supposed. He smiled with pleasure, however, when
-the machine was set in motion by a series of accidents. While one man
-was in the saddle; held up on both sides, another happened to discover
-the petrol tap, and turned it on. The supporters pushed the bicycle for
-a few feet, the engine began to fire, and the rider chancing to move the
-throttle switch, the machine started forward with a suddenness that
-caused the two men at the sides to lose their grip. There were shouts
-of delight from the onlookers; but the rider was so much amazed at his
-own inadvertent skill that he lost his head, and could neither stop nor
-steer his unmanageable steed. Only by sprinting across the courtyard at
-full speed did Tim save man and cycle from being dashed disastrously
-against the stone wall.
-
-After this the machine was left severely alone, until Tim, weary for
-want of something to do, offered to instruct the men in its
-manipulation. This won Señor Mollendo's warm approval, and Tim spent
-several hours of that day and the next in teaching the younger members
-of the party how to ride. They had no personal feeling against him; and
-with the prospect of their lean treasury being increased by £250 on his
-account, they began to regard him with even more kindliness than his
-willingness and good temper had already won.
-
-On the third day the messenger sent by Señor Mollendo to claim the
-ransom, returned, bringing with him not merely the money, but a rumour
-of the manner in which the midnight raiders had been received at Mr.
-O'Hagan's house. That they were part of the Prefect's escort was an
-open secret. Mollendo called Tim to him and asked if the story was
-true. Tim saw no reason to conceal anything, and gave a full
-description of what had happened, only suppressing the fact that his
-information had come from the gobernador.
-
-"You showed remarkable ingenuity, my young friend," said Mollendo,
-greatly tickled by the picture of the spluttering crew stumbling out
-into the darkness. "I quite understand why your good father should
-consider you worth £250. He has sent the money; you are free. And as a
-mark of my appreciation of your service to the cause of liberty by
-discommoding the usurper's minions, I have much pleasure in
-returning"--("How much?" wondered Tim in excitement)--"your motor-cycle.
-Four of my supporters will assist you to the path below. When you meet
-your father, convey to him my salutations, and assure him that the money
-will be put to a good use in upholding the flag of freedom."
-
-He shook hands warmly, bowed with his hat to his breast, and with a
-polite _a reveder_, the Spanish equivalent of _au revoir_, he ended
-Tim's captivity.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
- THE PREFECT MOVES
-
-
-Tim's adventure caused Mr. O'Hagan to change his mind about dismissing
-Romaña. To do so might be a new cause of offence to the sensitive
-patriots.
-
-"You have already proved a very dear son," he said, with a humorous
-twinkle that disguised his real feeling.
-
-"Durand says that his pater gives old Mollendo a regular subscription to
-keep him quiet," said Tim.
-
-"Blackmail! He will soon get tired of that."
-
-"I don't suppose what he has paid comes to £250."
-
-"Ah! but he hasn't given his boy a motor-cycle! Young Durand came over
-to-day to play cricket, and seemed vastly tickled when I told him where
-you were."
-
-"I could have boxed his ears," said Mrs. O'Hagan indignantly. "It was
-no laughing matter to me."
-
-"Will I challenge him, Mother?" said Tim quizzingly. "I am going to
-ride over to-morrow to tell him all about it, and if you like----"
-
-"Don't tease your mother," Mr. O'Hagan interposed. "She insisted on my
-sending the money at once, or I declare I would have been inclined to
-let you have a week of it."
-
-The kidnapping of the young Inglés created much indignation and
-resentment among the people of San Rosario. The majority of them,
-having little to lose, were staunch supporters of the Prefect, and when
-next day they saw a dozen gendarmes ride into the town, they supposed
-them to be only the advanced guard of a force sent from the capital to
-begin the long-expected operations against the brigands. Some, however,
-viewed the soldiers with alarm. To the substantial citizens, a visit of
-the Prefect's gendarmes usually spelt trouble. Every man whose secret
-sympathies were with the Mollendists trembled in his shoes; even those
-who were conscious of innocence shivered if their worldly substance was
-large enough to be worth the attention of the Prefect and his harpies.
-Many, among them the gobernador, were greatly relieved when the
-gendarmes, instead of dismounting, halted only to refresh themselves in
-the saddle at one of the albergos, then rode through the town and along
-the track leading to Mr. O'Hagan's house.
-
-Arriving there, the leader sprang from his horse, and strode with
-clanking spurs to the door, which stood open. The others formed up in
-line along the front of the house. To the servant who came in answer to
-the officer's summons, he explained that he wished to see the señor
-haciendado. Mr. O'Hagan left the office, where he had been alone, and
-invited his visitor into the patio.
-
-"I regret, señor," said the officer, declining to be seated, "that I
-have come on a very disagreeable errand." He took a paper from his
-pocket. "You see here a warrant, signed by his excellency the Prefect,
-and sealed with the provincial seal, authorising the arrest of yourself
-and your son."
-
-"On what charge, señor?" asked Mr. O'Hagan quietly.
-
-"On the charge of furthering and abetting the treasonable designs of one
-Carlos Mollendo, who is stirring up sedition. It is useless to resist,
-señor; I have a sufficient body of troopers outside. I demand that you
-surrender yourself and your son to justice."
-
-"I will come with you," said Mr. O'Hagan, "under protest. You will
-please to note that I am a British citizen. My son is not at home."
-
-"Where is he?"
-
-"That I must leave you to find out."
-
-The officer at once called in a man to search the house, himself keeping
-guard over Mr. O'Hagan in the patio. The gendarme found Mrs. O'Hagan
-coming from the servants' quarters. He bowed respectfully, and asked
-her to go to the drawing-room and remain there.
-
-"I am going to the patio, to my husband," replied the lady stoutly.
-"Stand out of my way, please."
-
-The man tugged his moustache, stood aside, and then went on to complete
-his search. The half-minute's delay had allowed Romaña, whom his
-mistress had just quitted, to slip out of the house and into a
-shrubbery, whence he made his way swiftly in the direction of Señor
-Durand's estate.
-
-He met Tim returning, half-way between Durand's house and the
-cross-roads.
-
-"Stop, señorito," he called; "I have a message from the gracious lady."
-
-"What is it?" asked Tim, jumping off his machine.
-
-"The señora bids you come with me," said Romaña. "Gendarmes have ridden
-to arrest the señor and you, and the mistress sent me to take you to a
-place of safety."
-
-"I won't go. I will join Father," said Tim at once, preparing to ride
-off. Romaña detained him.
-
-"I beg you to do as the señora wishes," he said. "What is the use of
-your going to prison, too? There is more chance for every one if you
-are free. You will do better to remain in hiding until we see what is
-intended towards the señor. I have friends in San Rosario and the
-capital; we Mollendists have our spies, like the Prefect. The señor will
-no doubt be taken to San Juan. Nothing will be done immediately. The
-Prefect is always very careful to cloak his misdeeds under the forms of
-law."
-
-"I'll go back to Señor Durand's, then."
-
-"That is unwise, señorito. The gendarmes may come there to look for
-you, and then Señor Durand himself will be in danger. I know a better
-place, and if you will come with me----"
-
-"Very well, then; but I don't like it. What is to become of Mother?"
-
-"The señora will be quite safe: the Prefect is always very polite to the
-ladies," said Romaña.
-
-Romaña mounted behind Tim, and they rode back to the cross-roads, then
-turned to the right into a track that was fairly level for some
-distance, then ascended gradually. Nearly nine miles from the
-cross-roads it wound round a steep cliff. On one side a sheer wall of
-rock rose to a great height; on the other a wooded precipice fell away
-to an equal depth. A small waterfall plunged from the heights above,
-forming a stream across the path, and flowing as a second waterfall over
-the edge of the precipice. At this point the hill-side was covered with
-scrub, amid which one large tree formed a conspicuous object.
-Stepping-stones were laid across the stream, and a few large slabs were
-let into the steep bank above the path on the farther side.
-
-Here they dismounted and made their way along the bed of the stream
-towards the waterfall. Then they turned to the right, and proceeded
-over more large flat slabs leading into the scrub, Romaña remarking that
-their footsteps would leave no traces on the stones. On reaching the
-large tree before mentioned, they found themselves at the mouth of a
-cavern concealed by the foliage and the scrub. A projection of the
-cliff on the right hid the entrance of the cavern from observation by
-any one on the upper portion of the path.
-
-It had been a task of no little difficulty to haul the cycle up the
-stream, and both were very hot and tired when they reached the cave.
-Drawing aside the screen of foliage, Romaña whispered the word Libertad.
-There was no answer. He led Tim inside.
-
-"That is our password," he said with a smile. "If I had failed to give
-it I might have been shot. But there is no one here now. Only three
-men know of this place. Here you will be quite safe. You are now a
-Mollendist," he added, chuckling.
-
-"Have you set a trap for me, Romaña?" said Tim indignantly.
-
-"No, no; all that I mean is that now the señor your father is a prisoner
-he must be a Mollendist. All the Prefect's enemies are."
-
-While speaking he had lit a lamp, by whose light Tim saw an earthen
-roof, walls, and floor; two or three stools; a three-legged table; a
-large cupboard in which were kept, as Romaña told him, food that would
-not spoil, and a few mugs; a large can for holding water, and two long
-boxes containing rugs which might serve on occasion as beds.
-
-"Is there no other entrance?" Tim asked.
-
-"Come and see."
-
-Romaña led him for some distance into the cave, which bent away to the
-left. The air was very damp and mouldy, and Tim felt that he would not
-care to make too long a stay in so fusty a place. Presently he heard a
-gurgle and splash of water, and the light of the lamp which Romaña
-carried fell on an oblong slab of stone standing upright before them,
-about three feet in height. Romaña took hold of the upper part of it,
-and lowered the stone to the ground. Then Tim saw the waterfall within
-two or three feet of them. They were slightly above the bottom of it;
-about twelve feet of the cliff face separated them from the spot where
-the waterfall became a stream. Romaña explained that the other entrance
-of the cavern was some forty yards away.
-
-"Now, señorito, you will remain here until I discover what is to be
-done. You are not afraid?"
-
-"What is there to be afraid of? Only the damp, so far as I can see. It
-may give me lumbago!"
-
-"That is better than duck-shot," said Romaña, smiling. "I shall not
-have time to explain to my comrades, but if any one comes, he will give
-the password, and you will answer Salvatore. You may trust any follower
-of Señor Mollendo. The path is open to you; none uses it except our own
-people; but do not stray far in case you are seen by an enemy. I will
-return as soon as may be."
-
-"Can't your people make a raid and rescue my father?" asked Tim. "They
-ought to do something for the money they have got out of him."
-
-"I fear we are not strong enough at the present time," answered Romaña.
-"But be assured that Señor Mollendo will do anything that is possible.
-He holds the señor in high respect."
-
-Tim grunted. He did not think much of a respect that bled a man to the
-extent of £250.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
- SUSPENSE
-
-
-Romaña did not return to Mr. O'Hagan's house. He guessed that every
-member of the household would be under suspicion; and though his part
-with the Mollendists was not known, Pardo, if he came on the scene,
-would not hesitate to trump up a charge against him. So he hung about
-until nightfall, and then slipped into the town and took shelter with
-Pedro Galdos, the agent who had dogged Pardo's messenger to San Juan.
-
-Galdos was a strange illustration of the irony of circumstances in
-Spanish America. At one time, under another name, he had been
-sub-prefect of a provincial town; but he lost his office with a change
-of government, and drifted into poverty. He now earned a scanty
-livelihood by selling lottery tickets and doing any odd jobs that came
-his way. No one in San Rosario had known him in his official career;
-none would have suspected that the thin, shabby, down-at-heel old man
-who haunted the street-corners, pestering folks to buy his grimy lottery
-tickets, had formerly held a post of authority. As agent and spy of the
-Mollendists he was quite trustworthy. Since his dismissal he was always
-against the government; and his services were at the disposal of any
-opponent of the present prefect, whether Mollendo or another.
-
-He lived alone in a little two-roomed mud cottage at the east end of the
-town. Here Romaña sought a temporary lodging. Galdos already had some
-news for him. Mr. O'Hagan had not been taken to the capital, but was
-imprisoned in the town jail.
-
-"I will tell you why, señor," said the old man. "The Prefect wishes to
-manage things quietly. There is too much sunlight in San Juan! The
-Señor Inglés has many friends and a few compatriots there, and they
-would agitate if the thing were known. The Prefect's own party would be
-uneasy, for it is no light matter to oppress an Inglés; the British
-Government would say hard things at Lima, and the Prefect might find
-himself in hot water. He is a hotheaded, reckless imbecile; but some of
-his supporters are more prudent, and they would hesitate to provoke the
-anger of the government. But here, in this out-of-the-way town, many
-things can be done without making a noise. The Prefect has many
-creatures who will do just as he bids them. He needs much money; his
-troops are clamouring for arrears of pay, and he lacks arms and
-ammunition for the campaign he is meditating against our party. The
-Señor Inglés is known to be wealthy; that is his crime."
-
-"What will the Prefect do with him?" asked Romaña.
-
-"Who knows?" replied Galdos with a shrug. "We shall see. There was
-trouble at the hacienda to-day. When the Japanese workers heard that
-the caballero was arrested, they marched to the house and threatened
-mischief to the gendarmes. It was only the intervention of the señora
-that prevented a fight. She pled with the people to go back to their
-work for the señor's sake. The Inglésa is a clever woman. Where is the
-boy?"
-
-"He is in a safe place, where he will remain until we know what is to be
-done. If the worst happens he must take refuge with Señor Mollendo until
-we can convey him and his mother to Lima. I shall go back to him
-to-morrow."
-
-
-Meanwhile Tim had eaten his supper--a tin of beans which he found in the
-cupboard--and made himself as snug as possible among the rugs in one of
-the box beds. He was not frightened, but he would not have denied that
-he felt miserable. For a long time he lay wakeful, wondering how far
-the Prefect's tyranny might go, and taking a good deal of unnecessary
-blame to himself for having wished for a motor-bicycle. The machine, of
-course, was no more the cause of recent events than a ball of worsted is
-the cause of a kitten's playfulness. Just as a kitten's native energy
-makes the ball the occasion of leaps and gambols; so the Prefect had
-seized on Tim's adventure with the gobernador as a pretext for squeezing
-the gobernador himself, and for venting his spite on the man who would
-not be squeezed.
-
-Romaña came back on the following afternoon. The news he brought was
-not calculated to lighten Tim's heaviness. Mr. O'Hagan was closely
-confined; gendarmes were flocking into the town, to overawe any who
-might be disaffected, Romaña supposed. He left again at dusk, begging
-Tim to be patient.
-
-Next day his information was even more serious. The Prefect had
-arrived, accompanied by a number of officers, and it was rumoured that
-the prisoner was to be tried by court-martial. The ordinary process of
-law was evidently too slow for the dictator; it left, perhaps, too many
-loopholes for escape. With a court composed of his own particular tools
-he might depend on the proceedings being short and swift.
-
-"But it is utterly illegal to try a civilian by court-martial in time of
-peace," Tim protested.
-
-"The Prefect makes his own law," said Romaña. "He has proclaimed
-martial law in the town."
-
-"He means Father to be condemned; what will the sentence be? A big
-fine?"
-
-"Probably, with a term of imprisonment also," replied Romaña. In his
-heart of hearts he expected a much more terrible punishment. The
-Prefect would not be satisfied with a fine, however large; nor with a
-term of imprisonment, however long. Nor would he even stop at
-confiscating Mr. O'Hagan's property, and let him go. There is only one
-safe way in which tyranny can walk, and that is a road stained with
-blood. But Romaña did not impart his anticipations to Tim; there was no
-need to wring his young heart before the time.
-
-He durst not go into the town next day, but waited in the wood for
-Galdos to bring him news of the trial. It confirmed his gloomiest
-forebodings. Pardo was the principal witness against his master. He
-repeated authentic fragments of Mr. O'Hagan's talk, which, harmless
-enough in themselves, might be construed as treasonable by prejudiced
-minds. He swore, falsely, that he had heard his master declare that he
-would not pay the taxes, which were mere extortion. He declared that
-the £250 which Mr. O'Hagan had sent to Mollendo was not a ransom, but a
-contribution to the brigands' funds. Similar testimony was given by two
-former servants of the prisoner. Mr. O'Hagan's denials were scouted. He
-was not allowed to employ counsel, and in two hours the sorry farce was
-over. He was found guilty, condemned to forfeit his estate and to be
-shot in the plaza, three days later.
-
-Romaña shrank from conveying this heavy tidings to the boy awaiting his
-return in the cavern. But there was no help for it. He walked back
-slowly, and broke the news as gently as he could.
-
-Tim was at first utterly overwhelmed. In his most despondent moments he
-had never looked for anything so bad as this. When his stupor passed, he
-cried out that he must go to his mother; that he would himself seek the
-Prefect, and plead with him to annul the sentence; that he must and
-would do something, he knew not what.
-
-"It would be useless, señorito," said Romaña sadly. "You would yourself
-be arrested; you might suffer the same fate; then the gracious lady
-would be doubly bereaved, left without a protector, and that would
-embitter your father's last moments."
-
-"But I can't sit still and do nothing," cried Tim, walking up and down
-in his misery. "Suppose it were your father! Won't your Mollendists do
-something? There's a lot of them; wouldn't Señor Mollendo lead them to
-the town if I begged and prayed him?"
-
-"He is not strong enough," answered Romaña. "The town is full of
-gendarmes. I don't know the caballero's plans, but he cannot alter them
-for a foreigner."
-
-"He will only send his men to pounce on solitary travellers like the
-gobernador," said Tim bitterly.
-
-"Remember, señorito, that he is himself outlawed, in hiding. The men
-you saw in his camp are not numerous enough; they are ill-armed. There
-are a crowd of gendarmes and several troops of mercenaries already in
-the town, and another thousand men can be summoned from San Juan, and
-would arrive within a few hours."
-
-"But I could get our Japs to join. They would fight like demons for my
-father."
-
-"What arms have they?" said Romaña patiently. "It is useless, señorito.
-But there are three days. Perhaps the Prefect will think better of it.
-No doubt he is uneasy at not having captured you; he will never feel
-safe while you are at large; and he may delay the extreme step. We must
-hope for the best."
-
-As he became calmer Tim recognised the force of all that Romaña had
-said, and his own helplessness. He could but wait and hope.
-
-Very early next morning they were standing near the mouth of the cavern.
-Romaña was about to go again into the wood a few miles nearer the town,
-to receive any further information that Galdos might have for him.
-
-"Ask him to go to my mother, and bring word how she is," Tim was saying.
-
-"Look, señorito; what is that?" said Romaña suddenly, pointing down the
-track in the direction of the town. A mounted party of four was
-approaching, too far off for the individuals of which it was composed to
-be distinguished.
-
-[Illustration: HORSEMEN ON THE TRACK]
-
-"They are after me!" said Tim at once.
-
-"Back, señorito!" cried Romaña, drawing him behind the screen of
-foliage, through which they peered anxiously at the advancing party.
-
-"There is a lady!" said Romaña presently. "They are riding very fast."
-
-"Is it Mother?" said Tim. "I believe it is! And, Romaña, look; I
-believe it's Father too! Isn't it? Isn't it?"
-
-"For Dios, señorito!" exclaimed Romaña, "you are right! It is the señor
-himself. He has escaped! Praise to our Lady and Sant Iago! Come! Let
-us meet them."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
- FLIGHT TO THE HILLS
-
-
-Tim could hardly contain himself. He raced along the bed of the stream,
-leapt across the stepping-stones, and bounded down the rocky track with
-small concern for his limbs. When he came in sight of the party he
-snatched off his hat and waved it wildly in the air. Romaña followed
-less swiftly and with more circumspection. He was smiling at his
-thoughts.
-
-"First the son, then the father--both Mollendists!"
-
-That was the happy consummation to which he flattered himself events
-were leading.
-
-"Ah, Tim!" said Mr. O'Hagan as they met. "We were one too many for the
-Prefect, you see. Your mother was the one, bless her! But she must
-tell you all about it herself by and by. The first thing is to secure
-ourselves. Many thanks, Romaña. Now, are we going right for that camp
-of yours?"
-
-"Straight on, señor," said Romaña. "You will presently come to the
-river. The path runs alongside it for several miles; then it diverges
-to the right, and meets the path that goes past Señor Durand's hacienda.
-The two paths become one. Keep straight on. The señor capitan will
-welcome you."
-
-"But aren't you coming too, to make the introductions?"
-
-"The señorito and I will follow. We must fetch the machine."
-
-"I can't leave Tim," said Mrs. O'Hagan.
-
-"What's the path like?" cried Tim. "Can I ride, Romaña?"
-
-"For some distance, yes. There are steep places after the paths join."
-
-"There are indeed," said Tim. "That's where the brigands--your friends,
-I mean--had to haul the cycle. A very stiff job too. Mother, ride on
-with Father. I'll catch you in no time. I'll mount Romaña behind me:
-he's lighter than the gobernador!"
-
-"You're quite sure you'll catch us?" said Mrs. O'Hagan anxiously.
-
-"Quite, so don't worry. Oh! you don't know how jolly glad I am to see
-you."
-
-The other two members of the party, Andrea and another house servant,
-rode on with their master and mistress, while Tim and Romaña returned to
-the cave for the cycle. They had a good deal of difficulty in hoisting
-it up from the bed of the stream on to the path, but when they were once
-there, they soon made up on the riders, and went on all together at a
-rapid pace.
-
-"Shall we run ahead and warn Señor Mollendo?" asked Tim presently.
-
-"No: stay with us," said Mrs. O'Hagan. "I don't want to lose sight of
-you."
-
-"Better not, señorito," added Romaña. "We must be careful as we approach
-the place where the paths join. If the escape has been discovered, and
-they are pursuing, they will come by the other path: it is shorter. Why
-did you choose this one, señor?"
-
-"It was recommended to us by that ragged old man who sells lottery
-tickets. Is he a friend of yours?"
-
-"He is a caballero, señor," replied Romaña with dignity. "Señor Galdos
-was once a sub-prefect."
-
-"Was he indeed? He has been a very good friend to us, and I hope we may
-be able to reward him some day. How much farther is it? The path is
-becoming very rough."
-
-"It is several miles, señor; but if all is well when we come to the
-junction of paths, there will be no need to hurry for the rest of the
-way."
-
-Soon after this the path diverged from the stream, which wound away to
-the westward. Romaña now recommended that the party should ride slowly,
-while he himself scouted ahead on foot. The track here was too rough
-for the motor-cycle to gain anything in point of speed.
-
-"When you come to a large stone, señor, which I will place in the middle
-of the track," said Romaña, "then halt. It will be no more than a mile
-from the forked path, and you will do better to go no farther until I
-return to you, lest the clatter of hoofs should be heard."
-
-He went on and disappeared. About two miles farther on the riders came
-to the arranged signal. They halted, the men dismounted, and Tim,
-leaning against the flank of his mother's horse, and clasping her hand,
-begged her to tell him how the escape had been contrived.
-
-"You had heard the result of the trial?" she asked.
-
-Tim nodded.
-
-"Were you there, Mother?"
-
-"I was not. I thought it best for your father's sake to keep out of the
-town. Yesterday afternoon that wretch Pardo came and took possession of
-our house. He showed me a document authorising him to work the estate
-on behalf of the government----"
-
-"Which means the Prefect, of course," Mr. O'Hagan put in.
-
-"Then the wretched creature politely turned me out. I told him that he
-was in rather too much of a hurry; he might at least have had the
-decency to wait until all was over. But of course I didn't squabble
-with the worthless fellow. I packed up a few things, got my horse--he
-allowed me that!--and rode with Andrea and Juan into the town. Dr.
-Pereira was brave enough to take me in. No doubt the Prefect will make
-him pay for it."
-
-"Was the Prefect still in the town?" asked Tim.
-
-"He had gone back to San Juan, leaving Captain Pierola to carry out the
-sentence. I had made up my mind to see your father for the last time,
-and when it was dark Señora Pereira lent me a dress and a mantilla, and
-the doctor escorted me to the gobernador's house. Of course, his
-permission had to be got. He was very much distressed, poor man; he is
-terribly afraid of the Prefect: but he promised to admit me to the
-prison for a quarter of an hour to-morrow night. I asked him whether he
-couldn't let my husband escape, but he went nearly frantic at the idea.
-
-"I was very much upset, as you may imagine. On the way back Dr. Pereira
-noticed a man following us. At first he paid no attention, but by and
-by got angry, and turned round upon the man, and asked him what he meant
-by it. 'Go on, señor doctor,' said the man. 'Do not notice me, but let
-me quietly into your house presently.' We went on, and I had only just
-taken off my borrowed things when the doctor brought the man to my room.
-It was the little old man who sells lottery tickets. He told me that if
-I would give him £200 he would set your father free. 'How?' I said.
-'It will be better to ask no questions,' he said. I had no money----"
-
-"The gendarmes stripped the safe when they arrested me," said Mr.
-O'Hagan.
-
-"But I had brought my jewel-case," his wife went on. "I suppose I
-showed my doubts in my face, for the old man said, 'The señora can trust
-me,' and, looking at him, I felt that I could. I put my jewel-case in
-his hands and told him to take what was necessary, quite expecting that
-he would take everything. But he examined the things as if he knew
-something about them, and selected my pearl necklace and two bracelets.
-'The señora will not like parting with them,' he said, 'but there is no
-other way.' I told him he might have everything if he would save my
-husband, and he seemed quite hurt. Then he told me that I must not go
-to bed, but be ready to leave the house at any moment. He kissed my
-hand in the most courtly way and was gone.
-
-"About two o'clock he came again. 'All is ready,' he said: 'come with
-me.' You may imagine what a state I was in. I followed him through the
-dark streets until we came out into the country, and there I found your
-father and the two men waiting for me with a spare horse. The old man
-told us the way to come, and here we are. I love that dear old man."
-
-"He bribed the jailers, I suppose--jolly old soul!" said Tim.
-
-"The Prefect's own methods," said Mr. O'Hagan. "I'm afraid the
-gobernador will have a bad time of it. He was responsible for me."
-
-"And won't the jailers suffer, too?" asked Tim.
-
-"They decamped at once, you may be sure," replied his father. "But
-here's Romaña back again. He's in a hurry."
-
-Romaña was running down the path.
-
-"We cannot go on, señor," he said. "I crept as close as I dared to the
-fork, and caught sight of some men among the trees beyond. I don't know
-who they are, but it is not safe to proceed."
-
-"What are we to do, then?"
-
-"We must go back until we come to the river. The water is very low, and
-we can walk up along the sand at the edge. Presently we shall come to a
-stream that flows down the hill-side from near Señor Mollendo's camp.
-We can climb up there. It is very steep and rocky, but it is the only
-way."
-
-"Very well: lead on."
-
-On reaching the river, the party scrambled down the bank to the bottom.
-In times of rain the torrent had deposited large quantities of sand in
-the bed, which the shrinking of the channel in the summer had left bare
-and dry. On this firm floor, level as a billiard table, but ascending in
-a gentle plane, progress was easy; but when they reached the stream of
-which Romaña had spoken, and had to strike up the hill-side, they found
-themselves in difficulties. They had to dismount and lead the horses
-over great ledges of quartz, polished to a dangerous slipperiness by the
-action of sand and water, and round huge boulders, that offered, at
-first sight, insuperable obstacles. Difficult as the way was for the
-horses, it was doubly so for the motorcycle, which had to be carried for
-many yards at a time, and hauled up and over sharp-edged rocks that
-threatened damage to its tyres. Many times they had to stop and rest.
-It was now midday, and very hot, and Mr. O'Hagan's party, having had no
-food since the night before, were hungry as well as tired.
-
-"Plucky little woman!" said Mr. O'Hagan at one of these halts, to his
-wife who sat beside him on a ledge of rock.
-
-"Just think of Tim spending nights by himself in a cave!" said Mrs.
-O'Hagan. "How horrid for him!"
-
-"Boys like that sort of thing," returned her husband with a smile.
-"Don't they, Tim?"
-
-"If there's another fellow with them," said Tim. "There's no fun in
-camping-out alone. I wish I'd thought to bring some grub. Mother must
-be famished!"
-
-"I confess I hope Señor Mollendo will have _something_ for us," said
-Mrs. O'Hagan. "Going long without food is bad for a growing boy."
-
-"I can eat anything," said Tim, "but I'm afraid you won't like their
-grub."
-
-"My dear boy, I would rather eat parched peas with Señor Mollendo than
-sit down to a banquet with the Prefect.... Hark! What's that?"
-
-She clutched her husband's arm at the sound of rifle-shots far to the
-east.
-
-"We had better get on, I think," said Mr. O'Hagan, rising. "Where's
-Romaña?"
-
-"He has gone ahead to warn Señor Mollendo of our coming," said Andrea.
-"He will come back to help with the machine."
-
-An hour later the whole party, hot, exhausted, and hungry, entered the
-enclosure which Tim had described to his parents. The assembled
-Mollendists greeted them with loud vivas, and Señor Mollendo's face
-beamed as he came forward, hat in hand, to meet them.
-
-"Welcome to my little castle, señor, señora," he said, with the air of a
-potentate. "I rejoice in the circumstances which have given me the
-honour of entertaining such distinguished guests."
-
-"I don't," said Mr. O'Hagan bluntly, "though I thank you for your
-hospitality, señor. Do you know what is the dearest wish of my heart at
-the present moment?"
-
-"If it is anything I can do----"
-
-"A glass of wine for my wife, and then dinner, señor. Your guests, I
-should think, never reach you without an appetite."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
- CINCINNATUS O'HAGAN
-
-
-"I have an apology to make to you, señor," said Mollendo, as they sat at
-dinner in his own little four-square apartment. "I perceive that I was
-under a misapprehension when I ordered the arrest of your son. I can
-never sufficiently lament my indiscretion, and beg that you will accept
-the expression of my profound regret."
-
-"I quite understand, señor," said Mr. O'Hagan, reflecting that the
-indiscretion had cost him £250. "You party men find it difficult to
-understand that an action may be dictated by other than party
-considerations. My son helped Señor Fagasta because he's a man, not
-because he's gobernador."
-
-"His action does honour to his humanity as well as his courage," said
-the courtly host. "In these circumstances I feel that it is
-inconsistent with the honour of a caballero to take advantage of a
-mistake, and I beg therefore that you will accept restitution of the sum
-of money which I demanded of you, but to which I had no just claim."
-
-"Your suggestion is only what I should have expected from a caballero of
-your reputation, señor," said Mr. O'Hagan, politely adopting Mollendo's
-formality of speech. Mollendo bowed. "But in the circumstances I
-cannot do better than leave the money in your hands. And let me say
-that I thoroughly approve of the use to which you will put it."
-
-"My dear!" ejaculated Mrs. O'Hagan in English.
-
-"I am going the whole hog now," replied her husband quietly.
-
-She pressed her lips together, and listened nervously as the
-conversation was resumed.
-
-"I have made up my mind definitely to take sides with you," continued
-Mr. O'Hagan. "Hitherto I have held aloof, as you know; but I have always
-sympathised with your aims. You stand for political honesty and good
-government. That is a motive that appeals to me as a citizen.
-Personally, I have a strong inducement to support you; the Prefect has
-stripped me of my estate. If you succeed, I shall retrieve my fortunes;
-and in assisting you I shall not only consult my own interests, but do
-something, I believe, for the good of the country in which I have lived
-for so many years."
-
-"A thousand thanks, señor," said Mollendo, his eyes beaming as he
-clasped Mr. O'Hagan's hand. "I rejoice in your generosity, and hail the
-approaching triumph of our cause. I remember how, in the brave days of
-old, the Roman Cincinnatus was called from his farm to assume command of
-the national forces; and how, within the space of sixteen days, he put
-the enemy to utter rout and confusion. You, señor, shall be our
-Cincinnatus. Caballeros," he cried, rising and addressing the motley
-throng in the courtyard, "the Señor Inglés is one of us. He espouses
-the cause of liberty; he will strike with us against the tyrant. I call
-upon you to acclaim our honoured guest with hearty vivas, and to drain
-your copitas to the caballero who will lead us to success."
-
-Thundering cheers broke from the men, and they were only too eager to
-fill their cups and drink the health of the Señor Inglés and confusion
-to the dictator. Romaña smiled as he sat with Andrea and Juan at a
-little distance from his master. What he had hoped had come to pass; the
-señor was now a Mollendist. Tim also smiled, for a different reason.
-
-"How do you like Cincinnatus O'Hagan?" he whispered slily in his
-mother's ear.
-
-But Mrs. O'Hagan's sense of humour was at the present moment clouded by
-anxiety and misgiving.
-
-"'Tis perfectly horrid," she said.
-
-Mollendo had, in fact, jumped eagerly at the chance of securing Mr.
-O'Hagan as an active associate. He was himself well advanced in years;
-and though very popular with his followers, on whom he exercised a
-magnetic influence by his personal courage and his oratorical gifts, he
-had no military qualities or experience, and was conscious of his own
-defects as a leader. Mr. O'Hagan, on the other hand, as he well knew,
-had won a great repute as a soldier in the stormy days of the Chilian
-war. His advice in matters of strategy and tactics would be invaluable.
-He would bring to the cause just those factors of success in which
-hitherto it had been lacking, and for the first time Mollendo saw the
-gleam of coming triumph. Mrs. O'Hagan suffered many pangs as the
-conversation proceeded. The two men were settling the basis of their
-alliance. Mollendo was to retain the nominal command; the practical
-control of the movements of his little force was to be in the hands of
-Mr. O'Hagan. The good lady saw that her husband was back in the days of
-his youth. He always threw himself heart and soul into whatsoever he
-took up, and he discussed matters now with all the fire and eager
-enthusiasm of a boy. His wife was troubled; and when she noticed with
-what rapt attention Tim followed the talk, she made up her mind to drop
-a word of caution later.
-
-In the midst of the conversation a man came hurriedly into the
-courtyard, and walking straight up to his leader saluted and said:
-
-"Señor, I have news."
-
-"What is it, Cristobal?"
-
-"We were watching on the hills, señor, when we saw two parties drawing
-near, the larger on the eastern track, the smaller on the western. We
-hastened down to the fork, intending to give battle to them both; but
-suddenly we saw the smaller party halt; from it a man came forward, but
-presently hastened back again, and all his company retreated and
-disappeared. At the fork we met the others, and gave them so warm a
-reception that they withdrew towards the town. We followed them, but
-they did not halt, so we returned to the fork, and there our people are
-still posted."
-
-"That is well, my son. The smaller party consisted of the Señor Inglés
-and his family whom you see here. They are now supporters of our cause.
-Carry that news to our men; it will encourage them. The señor was a
-great captain in the army of Peru years ago.... Will the señora excuse
-us for a few moments?" he asked, when the man had gone.
-
-"You want to talk secrets, I suppose," said Mrs. O'Hagan; "but unless my
-husband objects, I should prefer to know all your arrangements. Tim,"
-she added in English, "I am not to be kept in the dark. I do not like
-your turning yourself into a brigand, but I see your mind is made up.
-Only don't do anything without telling me."
-
-"Señor, my wife and I have no secrets," said Mr. O'Hagan. "You may
-speak quite freely."
-
-"What I had to say concerns the señora herself," said Mollendo. "This
-is no place for a lady; nor should she be subjected to the fatigues and
-dangers that we shall have to encounter. My wife lives peacefully in a
-remote corner of the country some fifty miles from here in the hills,
-and if the señora will deign to accept her hospitality----"
-
-"Not at all, señor; I remain with my husband and son," said Mrs. O'Hagan
-firmly.
-
-"Perhaps the señor will command otherwise," suggested Mollendo, who was
-not accustomed to domestic opposition.
-
-From that moment Mrs. O'Hagan was his determined enemy. Mr. O'Hagan
-hurriedly explained that he would discuss the matter with his wife in
-private. He found an opportunity of doing so later in the day, when a
-corner of the ruins had been prepared for their accommodation. He
-pointed out that she would be unable to make the long and rapid marches
-which irregular warfare entailed. Her presence, and the necessity of
-protecting her, would be a source of weakness, possibly of disaster.
-Mrs. O'Hagan recognised this, and after a time reluctantly agreed to
-accept Señora Mollendo's hospitality.
-
-"But I must take Tim with me," she said.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan stroked his chin.
-
-"The boy won't like that," he remarked.
-
-"It will be for his good," she replied. "Surely you admit that fighting
-with these desperadoes is not fit work for a boy of his age."
-
-"As to that, there are many here no older. Age doesn't count in these
-matters. He is perfectly healthy; he may be very useful to me, and the
-experience will be invaluable to him."
-
-"Am I to lose both of you?" cried the lady, much troubled. "If it were
-for our own country I might endure it, like many another poor woman; but
-to think of you throwing away your lives for this miserable country--oh!
-it is too much."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was inclined to yield the point; but while he was still
-hesitating, his wife, dashing the tears from her eyes, suddenly
-forestalled him.
-
-"I am an idiot," she said. "Of course the boy would eat his heart out
-away from you. I mustn't look on the black side. But do take care of
-him, won't you, Tim?"
-
-And so it was settled that young Tim should remain with his father.
-
-Next day Señor Mollendo provided an escort of half a dozen men, with
-whom Mrs. O'Hagan set off for the long ride into the hills. Mr. O'Hagan
-and Tim on horseback, each having a carbine, accompanied the party,
-having decided to go half the way. They left the camp at its northern
-side, and followed the track downward for several miles until it crossed
-the river by a narrow stone bridge. Then their course led to the
-north-west, the path rising steadily as it approached the spurs of the
-Andes. Progress was very slow; the day was already far advanced when
-they reached a little hut on the hill-side, about halfway to their
-destination, where Señor Mollendo was accustomed to break his journey
-when going to and fro between the camp and his home. Here they passed
-the night. In the morning Mrs. O'Hagan took leave of her husband and
-son, who watched her party until it disappeared along the winding track,
-then silently sprang to their saddles and rode in the opposite
-direction.
-
-They had come within a few miles of the stone bridge over the river when
-they caught sight simultaneously of a number of horsemen strung out
-along the path far ahead, and riding towards them. Mr. O'Hagan felt the
-lack of one of the prime necessities of a soldier--a field-glass.
-
-"We must hide up until we see who they are," he said to Tim. "They
-don't know how to order a march, at any rate."
-
-The hill-side provided many convenient nooks for hiding and taking a
-look-out. But only a few minutes had passed when Tim, from behind his
-rock, called:
-
-"It's old Mollendo, Father."
-
-"Take care you don't call him that in the hearing of his men. It would
-be a deadly insult. Better call him 'excellency.' I wonder what has
-happened."
-
-They returned to the track, and trotted downhill to meet the horsemen.
-There was about them an air of depression which did not escape Mr.
-O'Hagan. The explanation confirmed his foreboding.
-
-"Good-day, señor," said Mollendo, with a graceful salutation as they
-met. "I grieve to say that you behold me a fugitive."
-
-"What, excellency! Has the usurper taken the field at last?"
-
-"It seems so, señor general." (Tim grinned as these complimentary
-titles passed.) "We were surprised at dawn by large numbers of the
-enemy who had advanced along the route by which you came to my camp. My
-sentries were, I fear, overcome by somnolence. The attack was so sudden
-that I had no time to form my ranks; but in the half light some of us
-were able to make our escape--some on horseback, others on foot. We are
-scattered to the four winds; all our stores are lost; it is a sad
-inauguration of our new alliance."
-
-"Courage, excellency!" said Mr. O'Hagan. "We must consider how to
-retrieve this mishap. Are you pursued?"
-
-"Not for the last five miles, señor."
-
-"Then we will halt here, and wait for our men to rejoin us. No doubt
-some of them will come dropping in by and by. Let us ride forward,
-excellency, and choose a position."
-
-Meanwhile Tim, seeing Romaña among the score of men who accompanied
-Mollendo, rode up to him with an eager question.
-
-"Where is my cycle?"
-
-"There was not time to bring it, señorito; but I managed to hide it
-under a heap of brushwood collected for the fires."
-
-"They'll find it!" said Tim, his face falling.
-
-"Perhaps we shall recapture the camp first. It was all I could do."
-
-Tim thanked him, but felt that the chance of recovering his cycle was
-small indeed.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
- THE MOTOR-CYCLE
-
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was surprised at the rapidity with which this offensive
-movement had been executed. It was a bold stroke on the part of the
-enemy to make their way across the hills during the hours of darkness,
-and showed that they had among them a vigorous and enterprising leader.
-Its effect upon the fortunes of the Mollendists was likely to be
-serious. The success of their cause depended on the extent to which
-they could enlist active support among the disaffected. They had many
-sympathisers in San Rosario and the capital, but the most of these were
-too timid or too cautious to carry their sympathy into action. A great
-success would no doubt bring an influx of recruits; but a set-back such
-as this would not only discourage recruiting, but also dishearten those
-who had already taken up arms. Defeat breeds desertion.
-
-The outlook was very gloomy. But Mr. O'Hagan was a man whose energies
-were stimulated by adversity. He had been wont to say that his
-plantation was too successful: he was growing soft. The present
-situation was a challenge to the qualities that had lain dormant in him
-since he hung up his sword at the close of the Chilian war.
-
-Mollendo expected that some of the fugitives from the camp would in
-course of time make their way to the hut in the hills which Mr. O'Hagan
-had just left. There he always kept a small supply of provisions. It
-was therefore decided to return thither. Several mounted men joined
-them on the march, and within a few hours after reaching the hut the
-party was augmented by about two score, several of them wounded. These
-were attended by a medical student who had thrown in his lot with the
-Mollendists. There was great despondency among the little force. Some
-were disposed to continue their flight and even to abandon the cause;
-but Mr. O'Hagan set himself to rally them, appealing to their courage as
-caballeros and hidalgos, a compliment which especially flattered the
-mestizos among them.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was too old a campaigner to run any risks with a small force
-demoralised by their recent reverse. His first concern was to restore
-their morale. The great difficulty was provisions. The small supply in
-the hut would soon be exhausted, and in the inhospitable hills there was
-no chance of obtaining any food except wild fruit from the bushes. The
-river swarmed with fish, however, and Mr. O'Hagan, to give the men
-employment, set some of them to weave a seine net out of the creeping
-plants that flourished along the banks. With this primitive implement
-they caught a good number of fish.
-
-Meanwhile he sent out half a dozen men to bring in any more fugitives
-whom they might meet, and Romaña with another man to discover what the
-enemy were doing. When these scouts returned late at night, they
-reported that the main body of the enemy had withdrawn southward, either
-to San Rosario or to San Juan. They were partly gendarmes, the mounted
-police of the province, partly the irregular troops which the Prefect
-attached to his cause by the hope of plunder. The camp was still
-occupied, but Romaña had not been able to ascertain by how many.
-
-One of the last comers among the fugitives declared that he had seen the
-Prefect himself in the action. This seemed doubtful to Mr. O'Hagan, but
-Mollendo assured him that it was not at all improbable. The Prefect was
-a man of great, if spasmodic, energy, and of much personal courage and
-resource. In Spanish America no man could arrive at his position of
-virtual dictator without such qualities. He must have guessed that his
-escaped prisoner had taken refuge in the Mollendist camp, and having so
-much at stake had himself led the attack upon it, instead of leaving it
-to the gobernador, of whose prowess he had a mean opinion, by no means
-unjustified. Indeed, Señor Fagasta was in disgrace. The Prefect had
-accused him of conniving at the prisoner's escape, and put him under
-arrest in his own house--a prelude to another demand for money.
-
-It seemed strange that the greater part of the Prefect's force should
-have been withdrawn so soon after the capture of the camp. Mollendo
-suggested that he was anxious not to be absent too long from San Juan.
-He had many enemies there, secret if not active; and if he allowed
-himself to be lured into the wilds he might return from a successful
-campaign only to find himself, as it were, locked out of his own house.
-No doubt he reckoned on the demoralising effect of his sudden swoop to
-break up the Mollendist party, and had left a portion of his force to
-harry the remnant at their leisure.
-
-The position was discussed between Mollendo and Mr. O'Hagan in the hut.
-Tim was close at hand, giving eager attention to all that his elders
-said.
-
-"I am much to blame for allowing the enemy to surprise me," said
-Mollendo bitterly. "I ought to have guarded my back door more
-diligently, but I was relying on the gobernador's known want of
-enterprise. He boasts of what he is going to do, but I have never known
-him to do anything."
-
-"Don't take it to heart, excellency," said Mr. O'Hagan. "You were not
-to know that the Prefect would take matters into his own hands, nor
-would he have done so, I suspect, but for me. It is therefore incumbent
-on me, as the cause of your misfortune, to do what I can to retrieve
-it."
-
-"And I trust much in your valour and skill, general."
-
-"I thank you, excellency. Our most urgent need is food; the next is
-arms and ammunition; the next, men. That is the order in which our
-fortunes must be built up. And I confess that at the moment I am rather
-at a loss as to what steps to advise."
-
-"We could get a certain amount of food at our own place," suggested Tim.
-"There can be no harm in robbing what we have been robbed of."
-
-"That is all very well, but Pardo is in possession, no doubt with
-gendarmes to support him; and the enemy lie between us and home. It is
-very necessary to keep a careful watch on their movements, and I
-propose, with your consent, excellency, to send two scouts forward
-to-night to see what they are doing."
-
-"Let me be one, Father," said Tim eagerly.
-
-"You are rather too young," said Mr. O'Hagan, remembering his wife's
-injunctions. "Many of his excellency's men are no doubt experienced in
-such work."
-
-"Let the boy go, general," said Mollendo. "I have already formed a high
-opinion of his courage. Such a task would give him invaluable
-experience. And if you send Nicolas Romaña as the second scout, you
-need have no fear; the boy will be safe with Romaña, one of the most
-active and trustworthy of my adherents."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan felt himself in a difficulty. It would certainly weaken his
-own position with Mollendo if he refused to let his boy take a share in
-the operations. After so direct a proposal he could hardly hesitate to
-employ Tim when he would employ any one else. After a brief inward
-conflict he said:
-
-"Very well, excellency; the boy must win his spurs; he shall go."
-
-Tim was delighted, Romaña scarcely less; he felt much flattered by his
-chief's praises. Soon after dark, therefore, the two set off on
-horseback. It was a cold night; a biting wind blew down from the
-mountains; and the scouts were not sorry when, arriving within a few
-miles of the camp, they had to dismount and proceed on foot. They led
-their horses some distance from the track, and tethered them in a clump
-of trees, placing on their return three large boulders at the side of
-the path to mark the place. If they should have to hurry back in the
-darkness, without such signposts they might very well overshoot the
-spot. Then, keeping on the hill-side above the track, they crept along,
-listening for sounds from the enemy's outposts.
-
-They were within half a mile of the camp when they had the first
-indication of the enemy's presence. They heard the sound of horses
-champing their bits in the distance, and a low murmur of voices. Moving
-stealthily forward, they found that two or three men were posted on the
-track. As far as they could tell, this was the only precaution taken by
-the enemy against surprise from this quarter.
-
-The scouts wormed their way foot by foot towards the camp. Their course
-was difficult. They durst not advance along the track itself; and the
-hill-side above was rugged and broken, littered with loose stones which
-had been removed at some time from the Inca buildings. Their route
-brought them presently to a spot from which they saw a slight glow
-ahead. It evidently came from a camp fire; but the fire itself was
-hidden from them by the ruined wall. Skirting the enclosure, they made
-their way to the side where, as they knew by the sounds, the horses were
-tethered. Here they caught the footfalls of a sentry moving to and fro
-outside the wall. They stole past him to a point where the hill fell
-away steeply, crawled up the slope until they gained the foot of the
-wall, and clambering up its ruined face, peered over into the interior
-of the courtyard. The horses just beneath them snorted with alarm;
-their movements, quiet as they were, or their scent, had disturbed the
-sensitive beasts. The sentry close by stopped; but after a silent pause
-of a few moments resumed his beat.
-
-The scouts clung to the wall, their eyes just above its top. They saw
-three fires in the courtyard; all were dying down. Around each lay a
-number of men, wrapped in their cloaks. They could not count them;
-indeed, only when the breeze stirred the embers could they distinguish
-the forms at all. But it was easier to count the horses, ranged in a
-close rank with their heads towards the wall. There were ninety. A
-similar line stood against the adjacent wall at right angles.
-Altogether there must be at least a hundred and eighty animals.
-
-There seemed to be no chance of making any more discoveries, and the
-twain were about to move away, when a sudden gust of wind stirred the
-nearest of the dull fires to a momentary flame. By its light Tim caught
-a glimpse of his motor-cycle resting against the wall on the far side of
-the enclosure. He nudged Romaña's elbow to draw his attention to it.
-Neither dared to speak.
-
-They remained thus for a few seconds; then, by a second nudge, Tim
-intimated his intention to retire. They let themselves down silently,
-and crept up the hill-side. When they were out of earshot from the camp,
-Tim said in a whisper:
-
-"Romaña, I am going to get my bike."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
- FREE WHEEL
-
-
-Romaña gasped when Tim declared his intention.
-
-"It is madness," he said. "Your father charged me to have care of you.
-I must forbid it."
-
-"I don't care what you say. I am going to get my bike. Do you know
-that it cost £60 in London? Besides, I am not going to let the
-Prefect's fellows have it."
-
-"But consider," said Romaña anxiously. "I don't deny you may steal in
-and get it; they are keeping very poor watch; but what then? You would
-have to bring it out----"
-
-"I'd manage that."
-
-"And then how get it to our camp? The track is very difficult, for
-miles too rough for you to ride. There are sure to be sentries at the
-eastern entrance; and as for the gully by which we came, you know how
-hard our task was in daylight: we could not possibly carry the machine
-down in the darkness."
-
-"All that's perfectly true, but I am not going to leave it with these
-rascals, so we've just got to think it out."
-
-He had to admit that the gully and the western track, by which they had
-just come, were impossible. The only other route was the path which he
-had travelled when first brought by his captors to the camp, and when he
-had returned home after being ransomed. The entrance, as Romaña had
-said, would undoubtedly be guarded; and judging by the position of the
-outposts whom they had passed on the way up, there would be a
-corresponding picket on the path below.
-
-The path itself was difficult enough. For more than a quarter of a mile
-from the camp it was a steep descent. Then for about two miles it
-dropped more gradually, becoming from that point onward a sort of
-switchback with a generally downward trend until it reached the level
-not far from Durand's house. Having twice travelled along the path, Tim
-knew it well enough to feel sure that he could ride along it even in the
-darkness without much risk. The difficulty was threefold: to secure the
-bicycle unnoticed; to pass the sentry at the entrance; and to evade the
-picket at the foot of the hill. Romaña, who knew the weaknesses of his
-countrymen, admitted that the sentry in all probability would be asleep;
-but the members of the picket would certainly be awake: among two or
-three there would be conversation.
-
-"Well then," said Tim, "if the sentry is asleep I'll chance the rest.
-But you won't be in it. We came out to scout, and you must get back and
-tell them what we have learnt: it isn't much."
-
-"Your father will blame me severely if I return without you," said
-Romaña.
-
-"You can tell him you protested. Besides, I'll very likely be back
-before you. If I get away safely I'll make a round to the river, and
-when I get there I can go so fast that I may overtake you somewhere up
-the road--provided the petrol lasts out. It must be getting low; I'd
-forgotten that; and we've no more. After this the machine will be
-useless."
-
-"Then why not leave it, señorito? It will be useless to the enemy
-also."
-
-"Don't go over it all again! I mean to have the bike; that's settled.
-You get back. I'll allow time for you to reach the horses before I do
-anything. You had better start at once."
-
-Romaña knew that further expostulation would be useless. He had had
-much experience of his young master's firmness. Reluctantly he took his
-leave, and crept back over the hill-side. Tim listened for his
-footsteps, and hearing nothing he felt much encouraged. If Romaña could
-move silently, so could he. But for assurance' sake he took off his
-boots and slung them round his neck by their laces.
-
-He waited a long time. The sky was moonless, a deep indigo blue, so
-dark that the starlight did not enable him to read the face of his
-watch. It was essential he should not start upon his own hazardous
-adventure until Romaña was out of danger, and he had waited probably
-twice as long as was necessary before he ventured to move. There were
-no sounds from the enclosure except the occasional stamp of a horse's
-hoof or the rattle of a chain. Even the sentry on his right had
-apparently ceased to trudge his monotonous beat. The other sentry, if
-there was one, at the entrance to his left, had not moved. Once or
-twice he thought he heard slight sounds from down the path: the fact
-that outposts were stationed below rendered it probable that the sentry
-above would not consider it necessary to be on the alert. Perhaps,
-thought Tim with a gush of hope, there was no sentry there at all!
-
-At last, having heard no alarm from the direction in which Romaña had
-gone, he decided to start. He stole cautiously along and down the
-hill-side until he came to one of the tall rocks that stood at the
-entrance. Here he paused a moment to listen. There was no sound.
-Creeping round the rock, at two more strides he was within the
-enclosure. The breeze no longer woke fitful flames from the embers of
-the camp fires.
-
-It was pitch dark: otherwise he might have seen the form of a sentry
-dozing on a ruined buttress near the entrance. In the absence of light,
-the only means of finding the cycle was to steal along by the wall until
-he came to it. Luckily he had to pass no horses: the animals would have
-been more easily disturbed than the men.
-
-He moved as quickly and quietly as possible, but his heart was in his
-mouth more than once as he made the round. It was perilous work,
-picking his way in the darkness among the sleeping men. They were
-placed irregularly, some close to the wall, some at a little distance
-from it, some actually touching it. One man murmured in his sleep as
-Tim passed; another, flinging out an arm with a dreamer's sudden
-violence, struck it against Tim's leg, and growled an imprecation. But,
-no doubt supposing that he had hit a comrade, he suspected nothing, and
-rolled over. At the blow Tim felt an impulse to shout aloud and run;
-but he kept a tight rein upon his nerves, and went on without further
-alarm.
-
-At last he reached the bicycle. There was no sleeper within a few yards
-of it. He passed his hand over it rapidly to make sure that it was
-complete. Then, bracing himself for the ordeal, he wheeled it between
-several of the men towards the centre of the courtyard. At this tense
-moment he had reason to be glad of the care which he had always spent in
-keeping the machine well oiled. This, and the fact that it was a
-free-engine model, made it noiseless.
-
-Looking now eastward, he was just able to discern the two pillars of
-rock that stood high above the level of the adjacent wall at the
-entrance. Guided by them, he pushed the machine straight across the
-courtyard, skirting one of the dead fires. He passed between the rocks:
-he was now on the track: and the heedless sentry slumbered on.
-
-Tim was breathing hard in his excitement. The first danger was past:
-what was he now to do? He stood beneath one of the tall rocks,
-thinking. Should he try to creep past the outpost stationed, as he
-suspected, at the foot of this, the steepest part of the track? Or
-should he mount and run the gauntlet? The men were probably not asleep:
-whether awake or not they would hear his machine approaching. It seemed
-perhaps the safer course to wheel the bicycle down at the side of the
-track, and not mount until he was within a few yards of them, when he
-might hope to dash past before they were ready to deal with him.
-
-He was moving slowly downhill when an accident caused a change of plan.
-A loose piece of rock, displaced by the front wheel, bumped and rattled
-down the track, making what seemed a terribly loud noise in the still
-night air. The slumbering sentry awoke and let out a shout. There were
-faint answering shouts from below. It was Hobson's choice for Tim now.
-He vaulted into the saddle, and the cycle sped down the steep descent.
-He did not switch on the engine; indeed, he had some trouble in keeping
-the machine in hand with the brake. At renewed sounds of alarm ahead he
-allowed the speed to increase. It was a gamble with fate. If the
-outpost, deliberately or unawares, blocked the track at the foot of the
-hill, nothing could save either Tim or any person or thing he might
-strike. If the space was clear, nothing could arrest his course but a
-shot, so long as he retained control of the machine. Favoured by the
-darkness he might escape, even should the men fire at him.
-
-Down he flew, steering by guesswork. He heard shouts and the plunging of
-horses ahead; then saw dimly several dark forms. They appeared to
-stretch across the track. He could not have checked now if he had wished
-to. He dashed on, as it were into their midst. On the left he grazed a
-man about to mount; on the right passed within a few inches of a horse;
-and while he was still in the throes of nervous anxiety and even terror,
-the machine had borne him safely through the outpost. He could hardly
-believe in his good fortune. But there was no doubt about it. He had
-now to face only the dangers of the track ahead.
-
-These were formidable enough. It was a mad ride at the best: a boulder
-of any size, and there were many, would hurl him to destruction.
-Fortunately the track here was fairly straight. At one slight bend he
-narrowly shaved a tree; a little farther on the machine bumped into a
-transverse depression, probably the dry channel of a rivulet, and he
-just averted a side slip. His fortune held good. As he drew farther
-from the enemy he reduced his speed, and when the downward incline
-became less steep, and almost insensibly merged in a rise, he jumped
-off, lighted his lamp, and for the first time started the engine.
-
-The men of the outpost, meanwhile, were scarcely aware of what had
-happened. The sentry's shout had alarmed them, but they knew not what
-to be prepared for. There was no firing, so that the Mollendists could
-not be attempting a surprise. While they were mounting, they were
-vaguely conscious that something had approached and passed them,
-swiftly, with scarcely a rustle. Only when the ghostly object was
-already two or three hundred yards down the track did it flash into the
-mind of one of them that this must be the machine which he had seen
-hauled out from under a heap of brushwood in the camp. None of his
-comrades could ride: it must have been purloined by an audacious
-Mollendist. Then the pursuit began. But the horsemen had to pick their
-way carefully in the darkness. Even before Tim gained the switchback
-portion of the track he had hopelessly distanced them. And having now
-his lamp to guide him, he was able to avoid obstacles, and dashed up and
-down the slopes at a great speed.
-
-Presently he came to the forking of the paths, and turned to the right,
-intending to ride on to the river, and make his way up the channel until
-he was several miles west of the camp. He had ridden only a few yards
-along this path, however, when it suddenly struck him that the tracks of
-his wheels would be clearly visible in daylight, and would guide the
-enemy to the situation of his friends. Instantly he slowed down,
-wheeled round and, returning to the fork, ran some little distance along
-the path in the direction of San Rosario. Then, dismounting, he walked
-the cycle a little farther; this would have the effect of making the
-wheel tracks more shallow. On reaching a particularly hard stretch of
-the path, he lifted the machine on to the rocky ground at the side, and
-partly wheeling, partly carrying, made his way slowly back towards the
-cross path leading to the river.
-
-Here he listened for sounds of pursuit. There were none. The horsemen
-had given it up. He debated whether to try to obliterate the few traces
-he had made before the necessity of hiding his trail occurred to him.
-But he reflected that in the deceptive light of the lamp he might leave
-still more compromising signs, whereas the obvious retracing of his
-course might suffice to lead the enemy off the scent. Accordingly he
-let the wheel marks remain, and, carrying or pushing the bicycle over
-many yards of the sloping ground above the track, he again mounted, and
-hastened on to the river bank. There he turned to the left in the
-direction of San Rosario, but after riding a short distance he stopped,
-wheeled the machine down the sloping bank between the bushes, and then
-started upstream through shallow water. When he had thus covered about
-a mile, he pulled on his boots, remounted, and set off along the sandy
-foreshore.
-
-Remembering suddenly that the river was in full view from the ridge on
-his right hand, which led directly to the captured camp, he put out his
-light. He wished he had done so as soon as he turned northward, and
-felt very uneasy lest the enemy should have seen the lamp from above,
-and hurried down the gully to intercept him. The sandy bed being
-whitish, he was able to ride rapidly without a light. A stream
-trickling into the river from the right indicated the gully. He dashed
-past, half expecting to be assailed with shots; but there was no sign of
-an enemy, and he felt that, except for some unforeseen contingency, his
-dangers were over.
-
-He kept to the river bed for several miles after leaving the vicinity of
-the camp. Then, however, he had to mount the bank and take the track
-leading to Mollendo's hut. By this time he was very tired, and the
-necessity of dismounting frequently, to push the machine up the steeper
-and more rugged stretches of the path, taxed his strength severely. To
-make matters worse, the petrol gave out, and riding, even in level
-places, was no longer possible. But he pressed on doggedly at a snail's
-pace. At last, when the sky behind him was beginning to lighten with
-the dawn, he saw three figures emerging from the gloom on the track
-ahead. In a few minutes Romaña and two other men met him, and relieved
-him of his burdensome machine. Soon after, exhausted but very happy, he
-dragged himself into the hut, greeted his father and Señor Mollendo with
-a smile, and, dropping on to an extended rug, fell instantly asleep.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
- A COMMISSION
-
-
-It was high noon when Tim awoke. A breakfast was ready for him; so was
-his father.
-
-"I am very glad your mother is not with us," said Mr. O'Hagan. "She
-would have been out of her mind with anxiety about you. Don't you know
-that a soldier's first duty is to obey? You were sent to scout: you
-exceeded your instructions, and I am not pleased with you."
-
-"But, Father," said Tim, with his mouth full of beans, "I have often
-heard you say that a soldier ought to think for himself. Don't you
-remember saying that a man who has to be told everything isn't much
-good?"
-
-"That's all very well," said Mr. O'Hagan, feeling himself on slippery
-ground. "I was referring to officers, as you are perfectly aware. If
-every private were to think and act for himself it would end in
-disaster."
-
-"Am I a private?" asked Tim innocently.
-
-"You are a raw recruit, with everything to learn. You are under
-discipline: remember that."
-
-"I don't think it's fair," said Tim. "Señor Mollendo calls you general;
-I don't see why I shouldn't be an officer too! You might make me your
-aide-de-camp, Father."
-
-"You are talking rubbish, sir. Understand me: you must do what you are
-told, and not go larking about on risky adventures like an irresponsible
-schoolboy."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan spoke rather warmly. He had passed an anxious night.
-Secretly he was delighted with Tim's pluck and resourcefulness; but his
-pleasure was qualified by misgiving as to future dangers into which the
-boy's love of adventure might lead him. Besides, for his wife's sake he
-felt it his duty to assume a sternness that was not quite genuine.
-
-"Aren't you glad I got the bike?" said Tim.
-
-"Well, yes, I suppose I am," replied his father. "How did you manage
-it?"
-
-Here Señor Mollendo entered, and Tim gave the story in Spanish for his
-benefit.
-
-"I congratulate you, my boy," said the leader warmly, "and you too,
-señor, on possessing a son who unites courage with ingenuity, and
-caution with daring. He has twice proved himself more than a match for
-the enemy, and in recognition of his signal merits and as a mark of my
-approval I appoint him a lieutenant in the army of liberty."
-
-Father and son glanced at each other. This, coming after their recent
-conversation, was almost too much for their gravity; they could hardly
-refrain from laughter. The contrast between Mollendo's lofty manner and
-his low fortunes was very comical.
-
-"I thank you, excellency," said Mr. O'Hagan, as gravely as he could. "I
-hope my son will continue to merit your approbation--and mine."
-
-The two men consulted together. The continued presence of the enemy at
-the Inca camp was disconcerting. By covering the roads to San Rosario
-and the capital, and restricting the Mollendists to the hills, they put
-an effectual bar upon recruiting. The northward region, sparsely settled
-and largely unexplored, was favourable ground for refuge, but for
-nothing else. A few more stragglers had rejoined their leader; but the
-recent reverse discouraged any large reinforcement. So long as the
-little band, now numbering about seventy, was cooped up in the hills,
-the cause was at a standstill. They might as well give up the struggle.
-
-To approach the town with their present numbers would be madness. They
-would be opposed by vastly superior forces, and their retreat would be
-cut off by the Prefect's men at the Inca camp, who themselves
-outnumbered them by three to one. Yet the only chance of bringing about
-a general rising against the Prefect was to gain a brilliant success.
-
-The situation of the Mollendists seemed desperate. There was scarcely
-any food left, either for men or horses, and little ammunition. Only
-fifty of the men had rifles; the remainder were armed with revolvers and
-steel weapons of various kinds, most of them rusty. Their attire was
-equally diversified. Some were clad in the ordinary costume of civil
-life; a few in the somewhat flashy habiliments affected by professional
-brigands; some had the parti-coloured ponchos worn by Cholos. There
-were at least a dozen different styles of hat. They were certainly what
-Cromwell would have called a "ragged regiment." Mr. O'Hagan felt that
-in casting in his lot with them he had sprung from the frying-pan into
-the fire. But he reflected that he had had no alternative; and having
-accepted the responsibility of organising the paltry army he was bound
-to make the best of it.
-
-The necessity of securing provisions must be dealt with at once. Señor
-Mollendo could not offer a practicable suggestion: Mr. O'Hagan recalled
-Tim's notion of running off with supplies from his own estate, only to
-dismiss it as impossible of achievement. But Tim here made another
-proposal.
-
-"Have you got any money, Father?" he asked.
-
-"Not a peseta."
-
-"I have £250," said Mollendo, with a conscious look.
-
-"Let Romaña and me go down to his cave in the cliff," said Tim, "and see
-if we can't get into communication with Galdos. With your money,
-excellency, he might purchase stores secretly in the town."
-
-"Both Romaña and you are marked men," said Mr. O'Hagan. "Anybody else
-would have a better chance."
-
-"I am sorry to differ from my generalissimo," said Mollendo. "On the
-contrary, I consider that the excellent qualities already displayed by
-Lieutenant O'Hagan and Romaña are guarantees of success. I give my vote
-cordially in favour of this admirable proposal."
-
-Tim could not help smiling. He took a mischievous joy in the overriding
-of his father's views. Mr. O'Hagan might be Cincinnatus, but he was
-certainly not dictator.
-
-"Galdos will have no difficulty, of course, in buying provisions," he
-said; "the difficulty will be to convey them to us."
-
-"It is the duty of my adherents to triumph over difficulties," returned
-Mollendo. "For £30 Galdos will be able to purchase provisions for three
-days. They will form a comfortable load for two pack-mules. As for the
-means by which he may secure their safety on the march, that must be
-left to the caballero's discretion."
-
-"We shall have to do the same thing again in three days," said Mr.
-O'Hagan.
-
-"Unless, señor general, we should by that time have won a signal
-victory, which is what I anticipate from your military genius."
-
-"And that will lick old Cincinnatus hollow," thought Tim.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan saw that to oppose the suggestion further would be to risk a
-loss of the harmony which ought to exist between the civil and military
-leaders of a community. He therefore yielded gracefully, and bent his
-mind on the details of the plan. He determined to send out one or two
-small parties to scout in the neighbourhood of the camp while Tim and
-Romaña went down the river. It was possible that the Prefect's men,
-having failed in what was no doubt their chief object, the recapture of
-the prisoner, might leave their present somewhat bleak quarters, and
-return to San Rosario or San Juan. If it were discovered that such was
-the case, it would be necessary to advise Tim of it, so that he might
-beware of stumbling among the retreating enemy. Mr. O'Hagan arranged to
-do this by lighting a beacon on a prominent hill-top, which could be
-seen from many miles around. One fire would indicate that the retirement
-was by the eastern road,--that by which Tim had first been brought to
-the camp; two fires, some distance apart, that the western road had been
-chosen. No definite instructions could be given for the guidance of the
-two scouts: they must act according to circumstances and their own
-discretion.
-
-There was a whimsical smile on Mr. O'Hagan's face as Mollendo took from
-a leather case notes to the value of £30, and handed them to Tim. A
-strange turn of Fortune's wheel, indeed!
-
-Tim left the cave to find Romaña, and arrange with him for their
-expedition. They agreed that they had better not start until evening;
-they were both tired after the work of the previous night; and an
-afternoon's sleep would be the best preparation for the task before
-them.
-
-"I will choose two of the best horses," said Romaña.
-
-"We shan't need them," replied Tim. "You can ride behind me on the
-bicycle."
-
-"But you have no petrol!"
-
-"That is no matter. It is downhill all the way, and if you hold on
-behind me we shall go more quickly and more quietly than on horseback."
-
-"There is the coming back," Romaña objected. "We cannot ride back
-without petrol."
-
-"True. Your friend Señor Galdos has got to get some petrol. That's
-part of his job."
-
-"I don't believe there is any in the town."
-
-"Well, if there isn't we must lay up the cycle in your cave until we can
-get some from San Juan or elsewhere. The machine is no good up here in
-the hills. We might just as well make what use of it we can."
-
-Romaña said no more. Argument was never effective with Tim when he had
-made up his mind. They slept through the afternoon, and started about
-an hour before dusk, watched with much curiosity by the motley crew of
-Señor Mollendo's adherents. As Tim had said, the track ran generally
-downhill, switchbacking here and there, but most of the ascents being
-too short to necessitate their dismounting. Occasionally there was a
-long stretch upwards, where they had to push the machine. On reaching
-the river they descended the bank and pursued their way along the hard
-sand. The incline, though slight, was sufficient to keep the wheels
-rolling, and their progress was so silent that nobody beyond a dozen
-yards could have detected their presence by the ear.
-
-On approaching the western end of the gully that led up to the camp they
-kept a wary look-out in the gathering darkness. At this hour it was
-unlikely that the enemy would be abroad unless they had some definite
-object in view. They had hitherto shown no evidence of enterprise. The
-departure of the Prefect seemed to have robbed them of initiative.
-There was some slight risk of their having discovered the wheel marks of
-the cycle in the sand if any parties had been prowling in the course of
-the day. But when the scouts had passed the junction of the river with
-the cross track in safety, they felt secure. A few miles farther down
-they left the river and returned to the track. The only danger now was
-that they might meet some one coming from San Rosario to the camp; but
-the ringing sound of hoofs on the hard track could be heard for a long
-distance in the silence of the night, and they would have warning in
-time to hide somewhere before the riders drew near. In any case it was
-unlikely that horsemen from the town would choose the longer route.
-
-They had now an easy run down to the spot where the little hill stream
-cut across the track. Tim could not venture to light his lamp; but the
-sky was not so dark as on the previous night, and he had no difficulty
-in dodging the loose rocks which lay upon the track here and there. On
-arriving at the stream, they dismounted and carried the machine to the
-cavern. This was the most toilsome portion of their journey; the rest
-of it had been accomplished almost without exertion.
-
-Romaña lit his lamp, and brought out from the cupboard a tin of biscuits
-and some potted beef. The waterfall gave them drink. As they ate their
-supper they discussed their plans.
-
-"I will walk into the town to-night, señorito," said Romaña, "see my
-friend, and commission him to buy the provisions. I shall tell him to
-purchase only a small quantity at any one shop, so as not to awaken
-suspicion. To-morrow I shall remain secluded in his cottage, and return
-here with the mules in the evening."
-
-"That's all very well, but what am I to do?" said Tim.
-
-"You will remain here, señorito," said Romaña.
-
-"Why should I? I had enough of this cave before. If that's all I'm to
-do I might just as well have remained in the hills. We were both sent
-on this job, remember."
-
-"But there would be great danger in your going into the town. It is a
-needless risk. True, you speak our language perfectly; but your
-appearance, your complexion, your hair, señorito, are not those of a
-Peruvian. You would certainly be recognised----"
-
-"So will you."
-
-"Not certainly. In the dark I shall be like any other townsman; and
-though everybody knows me----"
-
-"Look here, Romaña: old Moll--I mean his excellency--made me a
-lieutenant this morning, and if I choose to say I'll go, and order you
-to stay here, you'll have to obey."
-
-Romaña blinked. But he was very patient with Tim, whom he had known
-ever since he was a two-years' toddler. He repeated his arguments, and
-Tim was not so pig-headed as to deny their force, disgusted though he
-was at the prospect of kicking his heels for a whole day while Romaña
-was doing the work.
-
-"I tell you what," he said at length. "I'll agree to what you propose if
-you'll try to get me some petrol."
-
-"How can I do that, señorito?"
-
-"You won't leave the town till dusk. Slip up to our place and bring a
-can from the outhouse. Here's the key. Nobody will be about at that
-time, and you can come back through the sugar-canes."
-
-"The cans are heavy."
-
-"Well, I'll meet you where the path joins the road to Señor Durand's.
-There are plenty of trees to hide amongst. I won't leave here until
-it's getting dark, and I'll keep a good look-out. Between us we can
-carry a can or two easily."
-
-Romaña was not unwilling to make the attempt. He knew the ground
-thoroughly; it would not be difficult to thread his way secretly through
-the plantations to the shed, fifty yards in the rear of the house, where
-the petrol was stored; the sugar-canes grew so high that he could pass
-among them without any risk of being espied. He agreed to the
-suggestion, only impressing on Tim the necessity for caution. Then,
-pulling his hat well down over his eyes, and gathering his cloak around
-him, he took his leave, and set off on the fifteen-mile walk to the
-town.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
- HIS FATHER'S HOUSE
-
-
-Tim was not remarkable for patience. The morning and afternoon of the
-next day passed too slowly for him. In the cave there was nothing to
-do; outside, his activity was circumscribed. He gave himself a bath in
-the pool below the waterfall, then returned to the cave for his
-breakfast. The empty meat tin tempted him to set it up at one end of
-the cave as a target, and practise revolver-shooting. But recollecting
-that the shape of this hiding-place might set up tell-tale
-reverberations, he abandoned the idea, kicked the tin away, and by way
-of doing something went for another bathe.
-
-While he was still disporting in the water he heard footsteps in the
-direction of the path, and scampered back lightly to the shelter of the
-leafy screen. Peering out somewhat anxiously, he saw an old Indian
-woman filling a pitcher from the brook. She carried it across the track
-among the brushwood on the other side, and disappeared. Tim guessed
-that she was one of the workers on Señor Durand's estate, which extended
-for several miles between the two paths from San Rosario. Some hours
-later a Cholo youth walked up the track, carrying a fishing-net and
-basket; he, no doubt, was going to the river to catch the family dinner.
-Except for these two, Tim saw no human being during the day. A number
-of waterfowl settled on the stream when the sun was high, and he caught
-glimpses of gaudy parrots occasionally; these were all the signs of
-life.
-
-He had promised Romaña not to start too soon, and meant to keep his
-promise. It was twelve miles to the spot where they had arranged to
-meet, a walk of less than three or more than four hours according to the
-pace. Tim reasoned that by taking the longer period he would have more
-opportunities for scouting, and could make up for any time lost if he
-should have to conceal himself from passers-by. Accordingly he started,
-a full hour before he need have done. When once upon the path he forgot
-his intention to go slowly. He kept up a good swinging pace, though
-neglecting no precaution. In the plantations on his left hand he saw
-the distant forms of several of Señor Durand's workers, but he met
-nobody on the path, and nobody overtook him.
-
-When he arrived at the place agreed upon, it wanted still nearly two
-hours of sunset. Romaña could not reach him for at least three hours,
-perhaps four or five if he brought petrol. Tim began to wish that he
-had not been in such a hurry. The spot was a cross-road--the junction
-of the path by which he had come with the track running northwards to
-Señor Durand's estate, with that running eastwards to his own home, and
-with another going southwards and emerging into the main road from San
-Rosario to San Juan. There were trees all around, and Tim decided to
-climb into one that gave him a partial view of all the tracks.
-
-He had not been long settled in his perch when he heard on his left the
-sound of a horse trotting. Peering out through the foliage he presently
-caught sight of young Felipe Durand, riding alone towards the town.
-Tim, as we know, was impulsive; he often acted hastily, and sometimes
-repented afterwards, though not so frequently as might have been
-expected. When his friend was within a few yards of him, he hailed him
-cautiously. Durand reined up with a start, and looked wonderingly about
-him.
-
-"Where are you?" he said, in a tone little above a whisper.
-
-"Here, up a tree," replied Tim.
-
-"You _are_ up a tree!" said Durand.
-
-"Don't be an ass. Ride in and tie your horse up. I'm coming down to
-talk to you. There's no one in sight."
-
-Durand dismounted and led his horse some distance into the copse. There
-Tim joined him.
-
-"You are pretty mad," said Durand, "to come so close to the town. What
-on earth are you up to?"
-
-"Romaña has gone into the town to get some grub. We're very short up
-yonder."
-
-"You'll be shot if you're caught. The Prefect is raging at your
-father's escape. He led the raid on Mollendo's camp, thinking to catch
-you and your father there."
-
-"He'd better go on raging," said Tim, with a grin. "What is happening,
-Durand?"
-
-"He has sacked the gobernador, fined him £1000 and put him under arrest.
-He has promised £500 to the man who captures you or your father."
-
-"My price has doubled, then! Where is he now?"
-
-"He has gone back to San Juan. It's rumoured that as soon as he has
-made things secure there he's going to lead an expedition into the
-hills. He has sworn to smash the Mollendists, and he'll have no mercy
-on Mollendo or your father when he catches them."
-
-"He should say 'if.' 'Ifs and ans are pots and pans; 'there's a big
-difference between 'if' and 'when'--and 'now' and 'never.' What do they
-say in the town?"
-
-"A good many people sympathise with you, but the Prefect has a strong
-party, as you know; otherwise he wouldn't have left only a hundred men
-behind. There's a big crowd in Mollendo's old camp."
-
-"I know, and a very poor lot they are. What is happening at home?"
-
-"Pardo is playing the tyrant. It's rather fun. He cleared out all your
-old servants, except the Irishwoman. Old Biddy flatly refused to go,
-and I suppose he's afraid of being a laughing-stock in the town if he
-sends the gendarmes in with her."
-
-"He has got gendarmes, then?"
-
-"A dozen or so. He needs them. He has cut down wages all round,
-forbidden any of the workpeople to go into the town, and generally
-played the fool. There was a row this morning. The Japs refused to go
-to work except on the old terms. The foreman went to see Pardo at the
-house, Pardo was insulting, and the Jap flew at his throat. Of course
-he had no chance with the gendarmes there. They collared him and
-marched him into the town, and he'll have a bad time when the Prefect
-comes back. Pardo's a fool. The Japs will bolt in a body if he isn't
-careful. They'll easily get work elsewhere, and he'll find it hard to
-run the plantations without them. But what are you doing here?"
-
-"I'm waiting for Romaña. He's coming out after dark."
-
-"Well, take my advice and don't run any risks. By the way, how is your
-mother? My mater was talking about her this morning."
-
-"She's all right--out of harm's way. Old Mollendo is a funny old chap.
-He has made Father a general, and me a lieutenant."
-
-"You don't mean to say that you have really joined his party?"
-
-"Indeed we have."
-
-"That's a mistake. The Prefect has got a real handle against you now.
-He'd be justified in shooting you."
-
-"He must catch us first. You'll see something startling one of these
-days."
-
-"I'm afraid I shall. Well, good-bye. I shan't say I've seen you, of
-course. I'm going to dine with Dr. Pereira."
-
-"You can tell him. He's a good sort. Good-bye; glad I met you."
-
-Durand rode on, and Tim went back to his tree. But he had not sat there
-more than a few minutes before a sudden impulse seized him to go himself
-to the house. It was only three miles away; he would have plenty of
-time to go there and back before Romaña arrived. He might get some
-petrol himself. Romaña had the key of the outhouse; but Tim knew of a
-couple of loose boards at the back which he could easily remove and so
-gain entrance. He threw a glance along each of the paths; nobody was in
-sight. Then he slipped down and hastened into the broken country that
-lay between him and the cultivated ground. The hour was drawing near
-for the cessation of work on the plantations. He might reach the
-neighbourhood of the house without meeting any of the labourers. Even
-if he did meet them, what Durand had said assured him that he need have
-no fear of betrayal.
-
-He made all possible haste. No fence separated the waste land from the
-coffee plantations. In this region the coffee plants grew to an unusual
-height, and he could safely make his way through them without having to
-go farther northward to the equally tall sugar-canes.
-
-He met no one. In less than an hour he came to the rear of the private
-grounds. A thick shrubbery enclosed the field on which he was accustomed
-to play cricket and lawn-tennis. To the left was the petrol shed.
-Between the field and the house were the kitchen garden and an orchard.
-
-Tim made his way to the back of the shed. It was an easy matter to pull
-out the loose boards. He entered, took a can, and returning with it to
-the shrubbery, hid it among the dense foliage near the spot where he had
-emerged from the plantation. In the course of half an hour he had four
-cans ready for removal. By this time dusk had fallen. He heard the
-clatter of crockery from the house. It was dinner time. An
-uncontrollable desire seized him to look in upon Pardo at the meal.
-Carefully replacing the boards taken from the wall of the shed, he
-slipped quietly round by the shrubbery towards the end of the house
-remote from the servants' quarters. There was now a light in the
-dining-room. He stole through the intervening orchard, crept to the
-wall of the house; then, going down on hands and knees, peeped over the
-window-sill.
-
-The table was laid profusely; evidently, he thought, Pardo was "doing
-himself well." The ex-bookkeeper had the head of the table; there were
-two guests, one of them the Captain Pierola who was to have
-superintended the execution of Mr. O'Hagan, the other Señor Fagasta's
-secretary. The men were on good terms with their fare and each other.
-They were chatting in high good temper, and Tim felt a flush of anger as
-he saw how free they were making with his father's Burgundy. It was a
-good wine, used but sparingly by its owner; these Peruvians had already
-emptied one bottle, and two more stood at Pardo's elbow.
-
-Tim watched them for some minutes, conscious of a mad longing to rush in
-and break the bottles on their heads. But the night was deepening; it
-was time to get back; and he pictured Romaña's surprise when he met him,
-as he expected to do, coming through the plantation. Retracing his
-steps as stealthily as he had approached, he returned to the shrubbery,
-took up one of the cans, and set off with it towards the rendezvous.
-
-He had taken only a few steps, however, when he heard a sudden commotion
-from the front of the house. Men's voices were raised in angry cries.
-He halted, wondering what was happening. After a moment's hesitation,
-he ran back, dropped the can in the shrubbery, and again hastened
-noiselessly to the house. Looking into the dining-room, he saw that it
-was now empty; but the door leading into the patio was open, and through
-it he caught sight of a group of gendarmes. At the same moment he heard
-the crack of a whip, then a cry of pain, followed by howls of rage and
-the crash of breaking glass.
-
-The patio was brightly lit, but Tim's view of what was proceeding there
-was intercepted by the backs of the gendarmes. Throbbing with
-excitement, he ran to the side of the one-storeyed house, scrambled up
-the wall by means of holes which he had once made when climbing for a
-lost ball, and got upon the roof. A few steps more brought him to the
-edge of the open patio. Peeping over, he took in at a rapid glance a
-dramatic situation. In the centre of the floor lay a Japanese workman,
-held down by two gendarmes, while Pardo belaboured him with a raw-hide
-whip. In the veranda and on the lawn beyond there was a swarm of the
-Japanese labourers, howling with rage, brandishing bill-hooks, and
-pressing forward to the patio, the glass door of which had just been
-shattered by the men nearest it. Within stood more gendarmes with fixed
-bayonets, and just as Tim arrived, Captain Pierola stepped forward and
-fired his revolver into the midst of the crowd. A man fell back among
-his comrades, shot to the heart. The cries were stilled; the throng
-drew away out of the light; and Pardo went on with his thrashing.
-
-Tim's first feeling was utter shame and indignant wrath. Then he had a
-sudden inspiration. Rushing back to the wall, he shinned down with the
-speed of a squirrel, ran round to the front, and dashing among the crowd
-of Japanese, who were standing in the darkness, enraged but irresolute,
-he called on them to follow him. They recognised him, hailed him with a
-shout of delight, and next moment the whole eighty were following him in
-a yelling horde back to the house.
-
-He kept out of the light from the patio, until, as he expected, the
-gendarmes fired a scattered volley. Then springing on to the veranda,
-he discharged his revolver point-blank at Captain Pierola, and brought
-him to the ground. The fall of their officer took the gendarmes aback.
-Before they could recover themselves, the Japanese burst into the patio
-with a shout of triumph. The Peruvians did not await the cold steel of
-their flashing bill-hooks. Pardo had already dropped his whip and fled.
-The gendarmes flocked after him, across the patio, through the corridor
-and out at the main door towards the road to San Rosario. Not all
-escaped. The rearmost were swooped upon by the exultant Japanese, who
-took an ample vengeance for the death of their comrade and the brutal
-treatment of their foreman.
-
-"Glory be!" said a voice from the rear of the patio, and Biddy Flanagan
-came hastily to greet Tim. "Is the master after coming back?"
-
-"He is not, Biddy, but he and Mother are quite safe."
-
-He turned to ask explanations of the recent scene. It appeared that the
-acting foreman had come to Pardo with an ultimatum from the whole body
-of Japanese, that unless he procured the instant release of the man
-imprisoned in the town they would at once quit the hacienda. Pardo,
-having drunk more than was good for him, forgot that he was not dealing
-with the timid, spiritless Indians of the Peruvian Amazon. He ordered
-in the gendarmes, and proceeded to flog the man, in full view of the
-crowd watching through the door of the patio. No doubt the Japanese
-would have had the courage to storm the house even without Tim; but his
-opportune arrival had quickened them with enthusiasm; they had the
-confidence of men fighting in a cause doubly just.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
- THE RAID ON SAN ROSARIO
-
-
-Tim was flushed with elation at his victory. With boyish impetuosity he
-had flung himself into the affair without a thought of consequences. He
-had driven away the interloper and regained possession of his father's
-house: a feat of which he was inclined to be proud. As to the future
-his mind was blank.
-
-He was helping himself to some of the dainties on the table in the
-dining-room when Romaña rushed into the house.
-
-"I'm here first, you see," said Tim, with a laugh. "Pardo has run
-away."
-
-"Por Dios, señorito! are you mad?" cried the man. "We shall have the
-Prefect's men from the town upon us in little more than an hour. Come
-away at once. We can take horses and ride into the hills before they
-catch us."
-
-"Wait a little," said Tim, sobered in a moment as he realised for the
-first time what his impulsive action involved. "I can't run away and
-leave the Japs to face it. It was all my fault."
-
-"They must take their chance. They can hide in the plantations to-night
-and make off to-morrow. There will be no more work for them here."
-
-"But they can't get away in such a terrific hurry with their families
-and belongings. The Prefect's men would hunt them down and serve them
-as they've sometimes served the Indians. I'm responsible for them."
-
-"This is folly!" cried Romaña, who was much agitated. "You can do
-nothing for them. There are not enough horses to carry them with us to
-the hills, even if they could ride, and they would be overtaken if they
-came on foot. Come, señorito, there is no time to lose."
-
-"Don't talk: let me think," said Tim, leaning forward with his elbows on
-the table and his head between his hands.
-
-He was fully enlightened now. He saw what his rash act had led to.
-These eighty Japanese labourers were not merely mutinous "hands"; they
-would be regarded as rebels commanded by an acknowledged Mollendist. He
-was responsible for them, and he knew enough about the Prefect's temper
-to be sure that they would meet with no mercy at his hands. What could
-he do for them? As soon as Pardo reached the town and told his story
-there, without doubt a company of gendarmes and troopers would ride out
-intent on vengeance. The situation seemed desperate.
-
-Gone was now all feeling of triumph. Tim was simply miserable. It
-would be useless to bring the Japanese into the house and attempt to
-defend it. Even if they could maintain their position for a time they
-could not beat off the enemy with bill-hooks against rifles, and before
-long hundreds more would be summoned from San Juan. And then he started
-up at a sudden recollection. Durand had told him that there were but a
-hundred of the Prefect's men in San Rosario. The others were divided
-between San Juan and the camp in the hills. Was it possible to lead the
-Japanese into the town, swoop down upon the garrison, diminished by the
-despatch of troopers to the hacienda, and at least arm his men? It
-would be a desperate adventure, one not to be undertaken in cold blood;
-but the men were seething with excitement and jubilant at their success;
-and while they were in this temper they might be capable of actions
-which at another time would appal them.
-
-He jumped up and looked round for Romaña. Seeing that he was not in the
-room, he ran out into the patio and called for him. Romaña hurried in
-from the dark.
-
-"I have two horses at the door, señorito," he said.
-
-"Where are the Japs?" asked Tim.
-
-"Out on the lawn. They are mad with joy. Come, señorito."
-
-"I am going to lead them to the town," cried Tim, brushing past him and
-going out through the shattered door. Romaña stood for a moment
-paralysed with amazement, then followed Tim, who was hurrying towards
-the crowd. He heard him tell them what he intended to do; he heard them
-shout with enthusiasm; then he rushed back to the house, sprang on one
-of the horses, and galloped away into the darkness.
-
-Tim explained to the men in detail, as quickly as the points occurred to
-him, what course he proposed to take. He would march rapidly to the
-town, enter by the east end, the quietest quarter, and lead them to the
-barracks. Only a few men were there; and if the attackers moved
-quietly, they might hope to surprise the garrison, seize the building,
-and supply themselves with arms from the armoury. He knew that some of
-the workers had pistols. These he sent to their huts to fetch their
-weapons, bidding them run all the way there and back. There was not a
-moment to lose; it was now a quarter of an hour since Pardo fled; by
-this time he was probably a third of the way to the town.
-
-Impressing on the men that haste and silence were essential, Tim
-returned to the house in search of Romaña. But Romaña was not to be
-found. Seeing one horse where there had been two just before, Tim leapt
-to the conclusion that the man had taken fright and made good his own
-escape. His lip curled with disdain of his cowardice. He found Biddy
-Flanagan, told her to keep the servants quiet and attend to Captain
-Pierola, who lay wounded on the floor of the patio, then picked up the
-rifles which the gendarmes had cast aside in their hasty flight, and
-carried them out to the men. A few minutes afterwards he put himself at
-the head of the column, now increased by a score of Cholos, eager to
-share in the adventure, and set off at a rapid pace along the track to
-San Rosario.
-
-He had spoken boldly and cheerfully to the men, but his mind was dark
-with misgiving. He could not be charged with lack of forethought now.
-As he marched his brain was busy. Nobody in San Rosario would dream of
-the audacious movement he was leading; no special guard would be
-maintained at the barracks; with the advantage of surprise he felt that
-a sudden swift onslaught might win the place. But what then? In a day
-or two at the most he would be besieged by an overwhelming force, and,
-unless aided by a popular rising against the Prefect, his little band of
-untrained men must be annihilated. The one consolation was that by a
-preliminary success he would certainly gain time; and recollecting that
-the Japanese, if they had remained on the plantation, or fled over the
-open country, would have been at the mercy of pursuing cavalry, he felt
-that the course he had chosen was the wisest in the circumstances.
-
-After marching for nearly a mile along the track, he struck off to the
-left, over a marshy wilderness that lay between it and the highroad east
-of the town. By this time, no doubt, a detachment of mounted men was
-already riding out to deal with the mutiny. Pardo would have seen to
-that. They would follow the direct path; it was essential that they
-should neither see nor hear the body of men hastening in the opposite
-direction.
-
-Ten minutes after he had quitted the track, he heard the thud of hoofs
-and the clinking of metal in the distance. He instantly called a halt,
-waited until the sounds had dwindled away behind him, then hurried on
-still more rapidly than before. The diminution of the garrison would
-render his task easier; but it was important that he should accomplish
-it before the horsemen, finding that the birds were flown, had time to
-return to the town. Luckily he knew every yard of the ground, and chose
-his route unerringly even before the distant lights of San Rosario came
-into view to give him guidance.
-
-Fifty minutes after starting he reached the eastern outskirts of the
-town. This was the best quarter. A few substantial houses were
-scattered irregularly, surrounded by their gardens, and separated by
-crooked streets and lanes which all debouched upon the plaza. It was in
-one of these streets, on the opposite side of the plaza from the
-gobernador's house, that the barracks were situated--a large two-storey
-building, once a mansion, but now reserved for the accommodation of the
-gendarmes and the irregular troops of the Prefect whenever great
-occasions brought them from San Juan. The outlying streets were
-strangely quiet, though a murmurous hum came from the direction of the
-plaza. Choosing the narrowest and least frequented lane, Tim led his
-silent force to the end of the street of the barracks.
-
-Meanwhile the centre of the town was in a ferment of excitement. The
-arrival of the fugitives with news of the revolt led by the outlawed
-Inglés, the attack on the house, the murder (thus it was exaggerated) of
-Captain Pierola, was like the coming of a whirlwind. The wildest
-rumours flew through the town, and the whole populace flocked into the
-plaza to discuss them. One of the two lieutenants in the barracks
-immediately set off with a troop for the hacienda; the other, summoned
-from the house where he had been dining, sent a second troop into the
-plaza to keep order and check any revolutionary demonstration to which
-the news of the outbreak might give rise. Thus all things conspired to
-favour the bold plan which Tim had conceived.
-
-The barracks occupied almost the whole of one side of the short street.
-Wide gates gave entrance to an open porch that cut the building in two.
-It was flanked on both sides by the lower floor, devoted to stores.
-Staircases led to the upper floor, in which were, on one side the
-quarters of the men, on the other the guardroom and armoury. Both right
-and left a palisaded balcony overlooked the porch. Beyond this was a
-long rectangular patio, bounded on three sides by the stables. The
-patio was surrounded by a high wall abutting on the gardens of the
-surrounding villas.
-
-During the daytime the front gates were constantly open, and a sentry
-marched up and down the porch between the street and the patio. At
-night they were shut, and the sentry occupied his box just within. Tim
-had debated on the way whether to scale the rear wall or to rush the
-front entrance, and decided that the latter course had the better
-promise of success. The wall was spiked; if they safely surmounted it,
-to descend on the stable roof would cause a commotion among the horses,
-and before they could reach the main building they would have to cross
-the whole width of the patio, perhaps in the face of a hot fire. If the
-front gates were shut, the wicket would no doubt be opened in answer to
-a knock. Then his plan was to seize and silence the sentry, and send
-his men up the stairs, if possible before the alarm was given.
-
-He halted at the end of the street, which was not overlooked by houses,
-and glanced up it towards the plaza. To his surprise and joy he saw a
-bar of light across the roadway at the position of the gates. They were
-open: evidently the surprising events of the evening had led to a
-modification or the neglect of the usual arrangements. The street was
-empty. Passing word along the line that the men were to follow at his
-heels as quickly as possible, he rushed along towards the open gates.
-
-Within the porch the sentry at his box was talking to two of his
-comrades who, with their coats loosened, were leaning over the railing
-of the balcony on the guardroom side. The attackers had come within a
-few yards of the gates before the sound of their hurrying feet was
-audible above the hum of the excited crowd in the plaza. It awakened no
-alarm or suspicion; but the sentry moved leisurely to the street to see
-what was happening. He had just reached the gates when, before he could
-cry out, he was hurled to the ground, and a crowd of men dashed past and
-over him into the porch. The two men above stared in bewilderment for a
-moment; then, partially realising the situation, they ran back into the
-guardroom shouting with alarm.
-
-By this time Tim was half-way up the stairs on that side. Some of his
-men followed closely; others were springing up the opposite staircase.
-As yet not a shot had been fired. But as Tim reached the balcony half a
-dozen mestizo soldiers of the Prefect came tumbling out of the
-guardroom, some loading their rifles, some hastily flinging on their
-bandoliers. Tim shouted to them to surrender, emphasising the demand
-with a shot from his revolver. At such close quarters they could not
-fire their rifles. The suddenness of the attack, and the sight of the
-swarm of Japanese and Cholos pressing on with billhooks, struck them
-with panic. All but two threw down their arms at once; one struck at
-Tim with his clubbed rifle; Tim dodged the blow, and throwing out his
-left foot behind his opponent, flung himself with all his weight against
-the man and hurled him backwards to the floor. The sixth man ran to the
-window opening on the patio, and sprang out, falling with a crash. It
-was afterwards discovered that his arm was broken.
-
-On the other side, meanwhile, a brisk fight was in progress. There were
-a dozen men in quarters, including the second lieutenant. All the rest
-were in the plaza or had gone to Mr. O'Hagan's hacienda. Roused by the
-noise, they seized their arms and rushed to the balcony. The officer
-reached the head of the staircase at the same moment as the first of the
-Japanese, and instantly dropped him with a revolver shot. This
-momentarily checked the assailants, giving time to the troopers to come
-forward to the lieutenant's support. When Tim, after his bloodless
-victory, ran back to the balcony, he saw on the opposite side a confused
-mass of men in hand-to-hand fight, hacking at each other with rifles,
-swords and billhooks. He could not fire for fear of hitting one of his
-own party. Leaping down the staircase, he dashed across the porch, up
-the other stairs, and flinging himself into the midst of the mêlée,
-brought the butt of his revolver down heavily on the officer's head, at
-the same time crying to the Peruvians that all was lost. They were
-already hard pressed; seeing their officer fall, and more Japanese and
-Cholos mounting behind the lad with the ruddy cheeks and fair hair, they
-gave up the unequal contest.
-
-Locking them in their rooms, Tim hurried down to the porch. He ordered
-some of his men to close and bar the gates, and led another party up to
-find the armoury beyond the guardroom. The door of it was locked, but
-he burst the lock with a shot from his revolver, and, ordering the men
-to go in and help themselves, he ran back, recalled by a clamour at the
-gates.
-
-On reaching the balcony, he found his men at grips with a number of the
-enemy who had been patrolling the plaza on horseback, and hearing the
-shots had galloped down the street to discover their cause. The greater
-number of Tim's party being on the floor above, the Peruvians had been
-strong enough to prevent the closing of the gates, and some had already
-penetrated into the porch. Tim sang out to the men behind him in the
-guardroom and armoury to line the balcony, and fired down among the
-enemy. He was soon joined by a dozen eager Japanese. At his order they
-poured a volley into the crowd below, taking care not to hit their
-comrades, who were partially sheltered behind the half-open gates. The
-horsemen, thrown into confusion by this deadly attack from above, tried
-to wheel their horses and ride back into the street. This made the
-confusion worse than before. The horses plunged with fright and pain;
-several of the riders reeled from their saddles; in a few seconds the
-survivors fled in hopeless rout. The moment the last had gone the gates
-were slammed behind them and barred.
-
-Running to a window overlooking the street, Tim saw more horsemen
-galloping from the plaza, followed by a shouting mob. He called his
-newly-armed men to his side, and ordered them to fire as soon as the
-troopers reached the barracks. One volley was enough. The horsemen
-reined up, wheeled about, and rode back in disorder, driving the
-shrieking crowd before them. The barracks were won.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
- A SIEGE AND A SORTIE
-
-
-Tim had learnt his lesson against premature exultation. He did not at
-the barracks, as at the hacienda, allow his wits to be lulled by the
-heady incense of success. The flight of the troopers, the secure
-barring of the gates, gave him a breathing space in which he envisaged
-very clearly the dangers of his situation.
-
-He was not much troubled about the men whom he had just defeated. They
-would probably take no further action until rejoined by the strong party
-who had ridden out to the hacienda. How long would that be? Nobody at
-the house would tell them in what direction the insurgents had marched.
-The Peruvian officer might suppose that they had fled to the hills, and
-if he pursued, it would be many hours before he could return with his
-troopers to San Rosario. But it was not unlikely that they had heard the
-sounds of firing, which would travel far across the open country in the
-night. In that case the party would gallop back at once. No doubt a
-messenger had already ridden from the town to acquaint them with what
-had happened, so that in all probability they would return within two
-hours. It was now nearly nine o'clock; by eleven the combined force,
-outnumbering Tim's band, would for their own credit's sake try to
-recapture the barracks. Behind walls Tim felt that he had a fair chance
-against them.
-
-But this was only the first and the least of the dangers he had to
-anticipate. There were two hundred or more men in Mollendo's old camp
-in the hills: the news of the outbreak at the hacienda might already
-have been conveyed to them, with a summons to ride back to the town. If
-they started as soon as the call reached them, they might arrive by six
-or seven o'clock; but Tim hoped that with Spanish procrastination they
-would put off their departure until the morning. There was a much more
-pressing peril. San Juan was only thirty miles away--ten miles nearer
-than the Inca camp. The Prefect was there! Doubtless he was possessed
-of full information, flashed to him from San Rosario by telegraph.
-Spanish though he was by blood and habit, he was prompt and vigorous in
-action; and with his present authority and future security at stake he
-would surely set off within a little of receiving the news--perhaps was
-already hurrying across the hills. The road was bad; a march by night
-could not be fast; but even at the worst, by five o'clock an
-overwhelming force might be pouring into the town.
-
-Tim wished that he had had the forethought to send a man to cut the
-telegraph wire. That would have gained five hours at the least. But he
-could not think of everything; he was as yet a novice in things
-military; and he had had no one with whom to take counsel. He reflected
-bitterly on Romaña's desertion. Romaña was not a soldier; but he was
-twice Tim's age; he had had some experience with the Mollendists, and
-was shrewd and far-seeing. Tim was surprised and angry to find that the
-man was apparently a coward.
-
-Thrown upon his sole resources, Tim tried to think of some means of
-meeting the threatening dangers. His case would be hopeless as soon as
-the Prefect arrived with his main body of troops, unless--Tim grasped
-eagerly at an idea that had flashed upon him. If he could send a message
-to his father, the Mollendists, though ill-equipped and weak in numbers,
-might push down from the hills by way of the river bed and reach San
-Rosario in time to give him help. But they were twenty miles beyond the
-Inca camp, and could not arrive before the Prefect unless the approach
-of the force from San Juan could be hindered. That was not impossible.
-A few men posted on the hill road just above the place where the
-Mollendists had snapped up the gobernador could hold in check a much
-larger number in the darkness, and gain a few precious hours. Tim
-resolved to attempt both--to despatch a messenger to his father, and a
-little band to the defile on the high road to San Juan.
-
-He had just risen from his seat in the guardroom to select men for these
-tasks when there was a commotion below--a shout of alarm, followed by a
-moment's silence, then a cheer. He looked over the balcony, and saw
-Romaña pushing his way from the patio through the crowd of Japanese and
-Cholos to the foot of the staircase.
-
-"You are safe, señorito?" Romaña called, seeing Tim looking down at him.
-
-Tim did not reply: he felt hurt and indignant.
-
-"You come when the fight is over," he said, when Romaña joined him. "I
-thought I could trust you."
-
-"Caramba, señorito, what do you mean?" cried Romaña, his usual
-forbearance giving way under a rush of hot blood. "Do you take me for a
-coward? I have saved you from making a thorough mess of your own hasty
-scheme. You did not think of the telegraph wire: I did. That is all."
-
-"You have cut it?"
-
-"Yes. I galloped straight to the road. I hope I cut the wire before
-Pardo reached the town."
-
-"Forgive me, Nicolas," said Tim penitently, grasping his hand. "I am an
-ass. I ought to have known you had not deserted me."
-
-"Say no more, señorito," said Romaña, cooling at once. "I am rejoiced
-at your success. But there is still much to do."
-
-"How did you get in?"
-
-"I climbed the wall and got over the stable roof. That must be guarded,
-señorito. When the men come from the hacienda they will certainly try to
-get in. The Prefect will hang them if they do not recapture the place."
-
-"It shall be done: I ought to have seen to it before, but I have been
-thinking of other things."
-
-He went on to tell Romaña his recent decisions.
-
-"I thought of both, señorito," said the man. "I debated whether to ride
-at once from the road to Señor O'Hagan; it would have gained much time;
-but I felt that I must first see what had become of you. The duty is
-mine: I know the way: no one else does. Give me a dozen men; we will
-sally out on horseback down the street and get away before the men in
-the plaza are ready to pursue us. Galdos has my horse in the wood half
-a mile away, but I need a fresh one."
-
-"What about the supplies?" asked Tim, remembering the errand on which
-they had come.
-
-"I took out two laden mules to the place where we had arranged to meet.
-Finding that you were not there, I tied them up in the wood and went to
-the house to fetch petrol, as I promised. Little did I imagine what I
-should see there!"
-
-"I got tired of waiting and went myself. There are several petrol cans
-in the shrubbery. Of course I had no intention of fighting; but I
-simply couldn't stand Pardo thrashing Asumi, and when the other Japs
-began to attack I saw a chance. It was a mad thing to do: I didn't look
-ahead."
-
-"It may turn out to be the best thing that could possibly have happened.
-But I must go, señorito; time is precious."
-
-They went down to the stables together, and chose twelve of the best
-horses. Then they selected eleven of the Cholos, who were quite at home
-on horseback. Tim explained the nature of the service required of them.
-They were eager to start. The lamp in the entrance was extinguished.
-Tim kept watch on the street from the window of the guardroom, with
-several men armed with rifles. The bars were quickly removed; the gates
-were thrown open; and the twelve men sallied out, turned to the right,
-and galloped at full speed down the street. There was instantly a rush
-from the plaza. But a volley from the windows checked the oncomers, and
-they fell back. Tim knew that before they could ride through the plaza,
-and down a side street in pursuit, the fugitives would have a start of
-at least half a mile. The gates were again closed and barred, and
-silence fell once more upon the scene.
-
-Tim had little anxiety about Romaña. On reaching the outskirts of the
-town, he would follow a track parallel with a stream--the same which
-flowed past Romaña's cave--cross it a few miles to the west, then
-proceed across open country until he came to a wooden bridge over the
-river. He would then take to the high road, and in the course of little
-more than two hours arrive at the defile where Señor Fagasta had been
-captured. There posting the men, he would return to the river, and ride
-more rapidly upon the hard sand at the edge of the channel. In five or
-six hours he should reach the Mollendist camp. With nearly sixty miles
-to march, Mr. O'Hagan could not reach San Rosario before late on the
-next afternoon, even if he started with his mounted men only. But if
-the men posted at the defile were successful in delaying the Prefect's
-advance, the time gained might be enough to allow the Mollendists to
-secure the town.
-
-Romaña's forethought in cutting the wire had diminished the most serious
-of Tim's anxieties. The telegraphist at San Rosario, of course, would
-soon have discovered the damage by the failure of response from San
-Juan, and after a certain delay no doubt a mounted courier had been
-despatched to convey the news--possibly a considerable party, for
-protection against enemies along the road. In all probability news of
-the affair at the hacienda had only just reached the Prefect, who might
-reasonably regard it as a trumpery disturbance that could be left to his
-subordinates. It would be some hours yet before he learnt of the attack
-on the barracks, and even if he then started immediately, Romaña would
-have placed his men on the defile before the force from San Juan could
-arrive.
-
-When the gates had been secured, Tim had the lamp relit and called a
-parade of his men in the patio. His losses had been slight. Of the
-eighty-two left to him, seventy-five were still fit for service. All
-but eight were now armed with rifles; for the eight there were swords,
-bayonets, and lances, if they wished for other weapons than their own
-bill-hooks. A large proportion of the Japanese, having served in their
-national army, were expert with the rifle; and as there was plenty of
-ammunition in the armoury, and food in the stores on the ground floor,
-Tim felt himself very well situated, whether to withstand a siege or to
-repel an attack.
-
-After parading the men, he told off a number of them to hold the roof of
-the stables on three sides of the patio. The rest were posted at all
-the windows overlooking the street. The rooms were left in darkness.
-
-About an hour after Romaña's departure the sounds from the plaza, which
-had died down into a dull murmur, suddenly revived. Shouts and cheers
-mingled with the clatter of hoofs and the jingle of accoutrements. The
-party from the hacienda had returned. Tim sent word to the men on the
-stables to be on the alert.
-
-Some time passed. The plaza had again relapsed into silence. Tim
-guessed that the enemy were organising an attack. He wondered whether
-they would attempt an assault on the gates, or trust to escalading the
-patio walls. The gates were of hard wood studded with iron; the bars
-were stout; it would not be easy to break them down. If the enemy once
-forced their way in and made good their position, they would have
-command of the stores, for Tim could not risk a hand-to-hand fight in
-the entrance porch. The party from the hacienda, combined with those
-who had been patrolling the plaza and probably with a certain number of
-the Prefect's supporters in the town, would outnumber his own men by at
-least three to one. Tim thought his best plan in the event of an inroad
-was to hold the balconies and staircases, and keep the enemy at bay
-until they were forced to retire by exhaustion of their ammunition.
-
-He soon found that the danger was to be faced both in front and rear.
-Warning came first from the stables. The silence was broken by a sudden
-clamour. From the surrounding gardens men were attempting to scale the
-wall on all sides--an impossible feat in face of the forty men at their
-posts of vantage on the stable roof. But this attack was only designed
-as a means of occupying the defenders while the main assault was
-proceeding in front. Looking up the street, Tim saw a number of dark
-shapes rushing from the plaza along the opposite side. He had ordered
-his men to hold their fire until the enemy were well in view. But the
-attackers did not come far down the street. They suddenly turned to
-their left, and disappeared within a doorway. Their object was soon
-evident. In a few minutes there was a burst of flame from the houses
-exactly opposite the barracks, and bullets flew through the open windows
-at which Tim and his men had posted themselves. At the same moment a
-much larger body of men, all on foot, came dashing along from the plaza,
-keeping on the near side of the street. It was plain that under cover
-of the rifle fire opposite a determined attempt was to be made to break
-in the gates.
-
-Tim ordered half his men, taking what cover was possible, to reply to
-the fire across the street, and the other half to be ready to shoot down
-upon the enemy below. He saw at once that at the windows his second
-party would be at a great disadvantage, because they could not fire
-effectively without exposing themselves. So he sent them up a wooden
-ladder to the roof, where they would be in less danger themselves, while
-better placed for dealing with the assailants.
-
-Soon both patio and street were ringing with the noise of battle. At
-the rear and sides the troopers who tried to mount the walls, some on
-ladders, some by clambering up the stonework, were hurled down by the
-men above them. In the front, bullets rang across the street in
-opposite directions, and poured from the roof upon the dense mass now at
-the gates. Tim heard a resounding crash below; the enemy had brought
-with them a heavy beam which they were using as a battering ram. In the
-almost total darkness it was impossible to discover the effect of the
-fire from the roof. That it was comparatively ineffectual was soon
-proved. Three times the thundering blows rang on the gates; at the
-third one of the wings gave way, and with a yell of triumph men began to
-pour into the porch.
-
-Tim at once called his men from the windows and posted them on the
-balconies overlooking the entrance, whence they fired on the crowd
-surging in. Some of the men on the stable roof, seeing by the light of
-the lamp what had occurred, began to shoot across the patio. Taken thus
-between two fires, the front ranks of the enemy lost heart and tried to
-push back to the street. They were checked by their comrades still
-pressing forward, and for a minute or two the porch was filled with a
-solid mass of men, into which the Japanese poured their shot as fast as
-they could load. The enemy were thrown into utter confusion and panic.
-With yells of rage and pain they struggled among themselves, fighting
-each other in their desperate efforts to get through the half-open gate
-into the street. But for the steady shooting of the men on the roof,
-which cleared the ground opposite the entrance, not one would have
-issued forth alive. An advance of their comrades had been checked. The
-pressure relaxed; the way was open; and in five minutes after the gate
-was broken the survivors of the fight were rushing headlong back to the
-plaza, driving the mob before them, and pursued by shots from the men on
-the roof.
-
-Tim ran downstairs and across the patio to learn how his men were faring
-there. The assailants had been beaten back all along the wall, and were
-slinking away through the gardens to rejoin their friends. There had
-been much commotion among the horses in the stables, and a good deal of
-damage done by their heels when they lashed out in terror of the shots.
-On looking in at the quivering animals Tim was seized with an idea: why
-not keep the discomfited enemy on the run? They had had two rather sharp
-lessons: a charge on horseback might have at least the effect of
-discouraging another attack on the barracks. By starting at once he
-might even yet overtake the fugitives before they all reached the plaza.
-
-He called up the twenty Cholos he had left; in half a minute they had
-led all the remaining horses into the patio, and without waiting to
-saddle, sprang upon their backs and followed Tim to the gate. As they
-came to the street, Tim saw that fortune favoured him. The men who had
-been firing from the opposite houses were at that moment issuing from
-the doorway some distance away, and moving off towards the plaza. With a
-wild whoop Tim led the charge. The enemy instantly picked up their heels
-and dashed for safety. Their comrades in the plaza were gloomily
-discussing their defeat. Only a few men who had been patrolling the
-square were mounted; the horses of the rest were ranged in a long line
-opposite the gobernador's house. At the sound of Tim's party galloping
-and the cries of the fugitives the whole body made a rush for their
-horses; but before they could cross the plaza the pursuers were upon
-them.
-
-[Illustration: TIM LEADS A CHARGE]
-
-The place was ill lighted; the Prefect's men, even if they had not been
-flustered and disheartened, could scarcely have seen how small was the
-band clattering across the cobbles. The noise made by Tim's men,
-indeed, was worthy of a regiment, and being mingled with shouts and
-screams from the people who had been pushed back to the openings of the
-streets, the coolest of soldiers might have been deceived. These
-hirelings were not cool. One or two succeeded in mounting; the rest
-took panic and ran in all directions. Their horses caught the
-infection, and galloped riderless across the plaza, dashing in blind
-fear among the shrieking people. Men and animals fled helter-skelter
-into the dark streets and out into the open country. In a few minutes
-the whole garrison of San Rosario as a mounted force had ceased to
-exist.
-
-Tim was prudent enough not to leave the plaza. He did not yet
-appreciate the full extent of his success. When the square was clear of
-the enemy, he hastened back to the barracks, blocked up the damaged
-gateway as well as he could, and then, feeling that he was safe for the
-rest of the night, sent his men to find a supper.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
- IN POSSESSION
-
-
-Felipe Durand was enjoying an after-dinner cigar with Dr. Pereira when
-they heard the first commotion in the town consequent upon Pardo's
-arrival from the hacienda. Regarding it as nothing more than a street
-brawl they went to a window overlooking the plaza, and watched the crowd
-gathering, and the gendarmes come from the direction of the barracks to
-keep order. After a few minutes they returned to their chairs.
-
-Presently a servant entered, and reported what was being said in the
-town. A wild and exaggerated rumour had spread that the Mollendists had
-swooped in vast numbers on Mr. O'Hagan's hacienda; the Prefect's troops
-had been sent to drive them out.
-
-"Young Tim did not tell me that anything of that sort was in
-contemplation," said Durand.
-
-"It is a mad proceeding," said the doctor. "By all accounts the
-Mollendists are a very small party, and badly provided. I am surprised
-at O'Hagan."
-
-"Perhaps it is a move of Tim's," suggested Durand. "He's mad enough for
-anything at times."
-
-"That boy has as many lives as a cat. It's a marvel that he hasn't
-broken his neck long before this."
-
-"He was just the same at school. If he fell from a tree he never seemed
-to hurt himself. I remember once at rugger--a sort of football, you
-know--he had a terrible collision with a forward twice his size, and we
-thought he was killed for a certainty. But he got up after a minute and
-rubbed his shins and chaffed the other fellow about his fat. 'Soft as a
-cushion,' he said, 'lucky for me.'"
-
-They sat smoking and talking until a renewed uproar drew them again to
-the window. There they watched what ensued upon Tim's capture of the
-barracks. They came to the conclusion, surprising as it was, that the
-Mollendists had attacked in force. The rumours brought from below stairs
-magnified every detail. The numbers of the assailants were greatly
-multiplied; Dr. Pereira was inclined to believe that Mr. O'Hagan, of
-whose exploits in the Chilian war he knew, had himself organised a
-dashing descent on the town. It was only later, when Tim led the charge
-into the plaza, that the two onlookers had an inkling of the truth.
-
-"It's Tim after all, the young demon!" exclaimed Durand.
-
-"But he must be backed up," said the doctor. "He would never attempt
-such a foolhardy exploit unless he could rely on support from his
-father."
-
-"You don't know Tim so well as I do, señor," said Durand.
-
-"You must stay the night, Felipe. We can't tell what may be happening
-on the road, and you mustn't risk being shot. The affair is evidently
-much more serious than I thought. In the morning we shall learn the
-truth of it."
-
-A little while after the plaza had been cleared and the excited populace
-had melted away, two of the principal men in the town, both strong
-opponents of the Prefect, came to see Dr. Pereira. They pointed out
-that the town was now without responsible authorities. No gobernador
-had yet been appointed in place of Señor Fagasta, still under arrest;
-Captain Pierola, in command of the garrison, was reported killed; and
-next day the place would be in anarchy. They therefore begged the
-doctor to proclaim himself provisional gobernador, and to authorise the
-enrolment of special constables to keep order until matters developed.
-
-"I don't think I can do that," said the doctor. "The town is now
-practically in the possession of the Mollendists. Any such action on my
-part would be resented by them, unless indeed I issued a proclamation in
-the name of Señor Mollendo. Do you suggest that I should do that?"
-
-His visitors, one of whom was the principal lawyer in the town,
-hesitated. They recognised that to take such a step would be a burning
-of their boats. The Prefect was still to be reckoned with.
-
-"My idea was to remain neutral between the two parties, señor doctor,"
-said the lawyer, "and set up a provisional administration in the
-interests of the general order."
-
-"That cannot be done without the consent of the gentleman now in
-military occupation," replied Dr. Pereira.
-
-"But he is not in effective occupation, señor," the lawyer persisted.
-"He has withdrawn his men to the barracks."
-
-"The Prefect's men are not in occupation, at any rate," said the doctor,
-dryly. "They have abandoned the town. The utmost that we can do is to
-send a deputation to the Mollendist leader, and ask him to authorise
-measures for the protection of the life and property of the civil
-population. I am willing to form one of such a deputation, and I
-suggest that you accompany me, señores."
-
-"Let me come too, señor," said Durand eagerly.
-
-"You had better remain here, Felipe," replied the doctor. "This is a
-matter for grave and reverend signors."
-
-His eyes twinkled. He suspected that his visitors were as yet unaware
-of the identity of the "Mollendist leader," and relished the anticipated
-scene of Tim receiving the deputation. In a few minutes the three
-gentlemen set forth, the doctor bearing a note which Durand had hastily
-scribbled.
-
-Meantime Tim, while his men were at supper, had been taking mental stock
-of the position. It did not occur to him that he was master of the
-town. No boy of his years and limited experience could suppose that by
-a single charge at the head of twenty men he had swept away all
-effective opposition. He did not know that the enemy had scattered in
-all directions over the surrounding country; and while he felt that they
-would probably not attack again during the night, he expected that they
-would rally and at any rate keep him closely invested pending the
-arrival of the Prefect. Consequently, after arranging for the efficient
-guarding of the barracks during the remaining hours of darkness, he
-threw himself on Captain Pierola's bed to snatch a rest in preparation
-for the anticipated work of the day.
-
-He was called up about midnight by one of the sentries, who reported
-that three men were approaching from the plaza under a flag of truce.
-He hurried to the gate, and was surprised to hear Dr. Pereira's voice in
-answer to the question he asked through the wicket.
-
-"We come as a deputation on behalf of the citizens," said the doctor.
-
-Tim threw open the wicket, and the three gentlemen entered. The lawyer
-and his friend stared when they recognised in the "Mollendist leader"
-the boy whom they regarded as a harum-scarum young giddy-pate. Tim's
-surprise equalled theirs when the doctor, who thoroughly enjoyed the
-situation, explained the object of their visit.
-
-"We have come to you, as the gentleman in military possession of the
-town," said the doctor, "to request that you will take measures for the
-maintenance of civil order. The official garrison has withdrawn; the
-gobernador is unable to act; and we fear that disturbances may arise
-among the populace. We offer no opinion and take no sides in the
-dissensions which presumably have led to the present circumstances; we
-approach you merely in the interests of the general good."
-
-The doctor's words were grave and formal, but Tim caught the humorous
-twinkle of his eyes. He knew that Dr. Pereira was no friend to the
-Prefect. Maintaining equal gravity, he tried to adjust his thoughts to
-the new situation. If the doctor had been alone, he would have spoken
-to him freely, and asked his advice. The presence of the other two
-Peruvians, whom he knew only slightly, imposed a reserve. Quick-witted
-as he was, for a moment he found himself at a loss. But when he realised
-the full import of Dr. Pereira's words, he pulled himself together, and
-said:
-
-"I am honoured by your visit, señores. I will at once send men to patrol
-the plaza." A sudden idea struck him. "Perhaps it would be in order if
-I issued a proclamation."
-
-"That is the usual formality, señor," said the lawyer, with professional
-approval.
-
-"Then will you be good enough to draw it up for me, señor? You will
-employ the correct forms. Announce that I hold the town in the name of
-Señor Mollendo, and that it is under martial law until the civil
-government is re-established. You will find paper and ink in the
-guardroom upstairs."
-
-The lawyer and his friend having departed to draw up the document, Tim
-was left alone with his old friend.
-
-"Bravo, Tim!" said the doctor. "You have carried it off well."
-
-"But is it true?" asked Tim eagerly. "Are we in possession of the town?"
-
-"Without a doubt. You have only to act boldly. Toujours l'audace! The
-garrison have bolted; without good leadership they won't rally, and
-Captain Pierola is dead, I hear."
-
-"He is only wounded," said Tim.
-
-"He is not here, at any rate. The Mollendists have a strong party in
-the town, and if you put a bold face on it the Prefect's adherents will
-not dare to rise. Of course your father is near?"
-
-"I hope so, señor. I have sent a messenger for him."
-
-"You don't mean to say that you have done this on your own account,
-unsupported?"
-
-"We _have_ been rather lucky," said Tim with a smile.
-
-The doctor uttered an ejaculation of amazement.
-
-"You must tell me all about it presently," he said, as the lawyer
-reappeared with the proclamation. Tim, with an ingenuous blush,
-scrawled his signature at the foot: "Timothy O'Hagan, Lieutenant;" and
-with grave salutations the three gentlemen withdrew. At the moment of
-parting, Dr. Pereira put into Tim's hand the note written by Durand.
-Opening it, he read:
-
-
-"Good old Tim! I wish I had been in the scrum. I am going to ask my
-pater if I may join you."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
-
- THE ORDER OF THE NASTURTIUM
-
-
-Tim sent twenty of the Japanese to patrol the plaza, to be relieved
-after two hours. Then he returned to bed, feeling immensely elated at
-the astonishing turn of affairs.
-
-Early in the morning, a group of men were seen approaching under a flag
-of truce from the end of the street remote from the plaza. Some were
-leading horses. Their leader was alone admitted through the gate, while
-a party of Japanese with loaded rifles kept watch on the others from the
-windows of the guardroom. The man announced that he had come with his
-companions, all members of the Prefect's mercenary army, to offer their
-services to the Señor Inglés. They had been for weeks without pay; they
-had served the Prefect from necessity rather than choice; and were ready
-to strike a blow for freedom.
-
-Tim had a natural prejudice against turncoats. But he reflected that in
-this kind of warfare a wholesale change of sides was not uncommon. His
-father had expected that any Mollendist success would immediately result
-in a large accession of recruits, and he decided to accept the men's
-offer. When, however, later in the day, after his proclamation had been
-read in the plaza, more men came in, civilians of San Rosario as well as
-troopers of the Prefect's, he felt somewhat embarrassed. To admit more
-than a hundred to the barracks seemed to him rather hazardous. Such
-volatile soldiers of fortune might change sides again at any moment, and
-turn their arms against him. He therefore resolved to take no more than
-fifty into the barracks, bidding the rest to remain in their own homes,
-and hold themselves ready to take the field when summoned. If he could
-have been quite sure of their loyalty he would have despatched them to
-reinforce the party at the defile, but he felt that he must not run any
-risks for the present, hoping that ere long his father would arrive to
-take over his responsibilities, which were beginning to weigh upon him.
-
-Just before midday a messenger arrived from Romaña. He reported that
-early in the morning he had had a brush with a small advance body of the
-enemy, who had retired after the exchange of a few shots. Romaña himself
-had only reached the spot a few minutes before the enemy appeared. He
-had ridden to the Mollendist camp with the news of Tim's movements, and
-Mr. O'Hagan, after a momentary outburst of anger, had promised to march
-at once for the town. But his progress would necessarily be slow, owing
-to the fact that more than half his men were unmounted, and to the need
-for care in slipping past the enemy in the Inca camp.
-
-It seemed to Tim that the most serious element in the situation was the
-danger of an advance in force along the San Juan road. The men who had
-been checked by Romaña were probably few in number; the passage of a
-really strong detachment could not long be seriously disputed by so
-small a party. It must be reinforced at once. Here Tim was in a
-difficulty. He could not part with his own men; on the other hand, his
-new recruits had as yet given no proof of their loyalty. He saw that he
-must take risks to avoid greater risks, and decided to send a hundred
-men up the road to support Romaña. He arranged also for relays of
-mounted men to post themselves on the road and bring him early news of
-any fresh attack on the defile. To guard against danger from the Inca
-camp he despatched a few mounted men along the road in that direction,
-to keep watch and get in touch with the Mollendists as they approached.
-The rest of his little force he kept under arms in the barracks, ready
-to launch them in whatever quarter their support might be required.
-
-In San Juan, meanwhile, the news of the successive disasters suffered by
-the official troops had struck the Prefect like thunder-claps. He had
-been busily organising his forces for a decisive blow against the
-Mollendists, and was finding it necessary, much against the grain, to
-part with a large portion of the money he had recently obtained from the
-gobernador and from Mr. O'Hagan's safe, in making up arrears of pay for
-his unruly mercenaries. The messengers and fugitives who had got
-through from San Rosario carried with them so startling a story of the
-vast numbers who had attacked the town that he hesitated to move out
-until he had made careful arrangements for securing his position at the
-capital. He had contented himself with sending a single troop along the
-road to San Rosario, to feel for the enemy and discover what the
-position really was. The speedy return of these men, with report of
-having been ambuscaded at the defile, filled him with as much uneasiness
-as dismay. Knowing how precarious was his hold upon the loyalty of his
-forces, he sought to attach them to him by lavish promises and
-considerable advance sums as earnest of his sincerity. As soon as day
-dawned he pushed on his preparations with feverish activity.
-
-At San Rosario the day passed without incident. There was great
-excitement in the town, but no breach of order. Everybody knew by this
-time that the attack overnight had been led by the young foreigner, and
-he was so popular a person that the majority of the citizens were not at
-all displeased with his proclamation. The gendarmes who had held the
-gobernador captive in his house having fled, Señor Fagasta came forth
-into the plaza, and made an attempt to assert his authority. But being
-assured by Dr. Pereira that the reins of power were now definitely in
-other hands, he retired to his patio, exchanged his official dress for
-his old alpaca coat and a Panama hat, and solaced himself with strong
-cigars and many copitas of brandy for his compulsory withdrawal from
-public life. During the day sundry groups of Peruvian youths and other
-idlers ventured timorously along the street from the country end, and
-gazed open-mouthed at the gates of the barracks and at the smiling
-Japanese posted at the windows; but after a time Tim thought it
-advisable to keep the street clear, and posted a couple of his men at
-the end to keep off intruders.
-
-Early next morning word was brought from his advanced scouts that the
-Mollendist army had been sighted far up the western track. Every few
-minutes further reports arrived. Tim, all tingling with excitement,
-paced up and down the guardroom, wondering whether he ought to remain at
-his post, or whether he might ride out to meet his father. Presently he
-heard that a crowd of the townsfolk were pouring out into the country to
-hail the Liberator. At this news boyish impetuosity prevailed over all
-considerations of form. Rushing to the stables, Tim sprang on a horse
-and galloped out, down the street, and through the rabble.
-
-He met the ragged company a mile from the cross-roads, marching, horse
-and foot, at the heels of Mollendo and Mr. O'Hagan.
-
-"Hallo, Father!" Tim shouted as he dashed up.
-
-"You young scamp!" cried Mr. O'Hagan, who was nevertheless delighted
-with the scamp. He had begun to think that Tim's action in forcing his
-hand was going to bear good fruit: he had picked up several recruits on
-the way.
-
-"Thank God you're safe!" he continued, clasping the boy's hand. "It was
-terribly rash of you, my boy: what your poor mother would say I don't
-know: I don't like to think about it. You have fairly taken the wind
-out of my sails; _you_ ought to be generalissimo, bedad! Seriously, you
-have set the ball rolling to some purpose. Mollendo is in ecstasies."
-
-Mollendo had tactfully ridden on, so that the meeting of father and son
-might be private. And being met at this point by some of his chief
-supporters in the town, he went forward with them, leaving word that he
-wished Lieutenant O'Hagan to follow him to the gobernador's house.
-
-"You had better cut off and get a wash, my boy," said Mr. O'Hagan.
-"You're as black as a sweep."
-
-"I don't wonder. I haven't had time to wash; but I'll ride back to the
-barracks and soon follow you. Old Moll looks considerably bucked."
-
-"He is. A word of advice: don't call him Old Moll in the hearing of the
-men, and don't laugh when he addresses you."
-
-"I don't mind so long as he doesn't kiss me," said Tim, and rode away.
-
-Half an hour afterwards he rode into the plaza, blushing at the _vivas_
-that burst from the throats of the rag-tag and bobtail who were
-assembled at the sides, kept back by the armed Japanese. He found
-Mollendo in the official chamber, with Mr. O'Hagan, Dr. Pereira, the
-lawyer, and other notables of the town. Mollendo rose from his chair,
-advanced to meet Tim, and before the boy could draw back kissed him on
-both cheeks.
-
-"I cannot sufficiently express my delight and gratitude, Señor
-Lieutenant O'Hagan," he said. "I heard some particulars of your noble
-conduct from Nicolas Romaña; the señor doctor has related your
-magnificent defence of the barracks; you have displayed the transcendent
-military aptitude of your race, and proved yourself a compeer of the
-illustrious Wellington, who so heroically defended the liberties of the
-land of my forefathers against the tyranny of the Corsican. I feel that
-I can best signalise this great occasion by promoting you to a colonelcy
-in the army of liberation. Viva Colonel O'Hagan!"
-
-Tim had often laughed at the perfervid orations he had heard delivered
-by Peruvians, but he felt more abashed than amused now.
-
-"Old gasser!" he thought. "Why can't he talk sense!" But his reply was
-very polite. "Thank you, excellency," he said; "you are very good, but
-if you don't mind I will remain as I am for the present. It was all a
-sort of accident; there wasn't really much of a fight, and--and----"
-
-Mr. O'Hagan interposed as Tim found words fail him.
-
-"Take my thanks also, excellency, for the honour you propose to confer
-on my son; but he is very young, and I think he should earn his
-promotion gradually."
-
-"I defer to you, my dear general. I am charmed by your son's modesty--a
-virtue that is ever the attribute of great men. But I intend to
-establish an order of merit for distinguished service under the new
-republic"--here every one started--"it shall be styled the Order of the
-Nasturtium; and your son shall be the first recipient of the insignia."
-
-This announcement fell rather flat after the startling declaration of
-Mollendo's intentions, made so casually. Mollendo had in fact
-determined to form a republic, independent of Peru, which had always
-failed to exercise efficient sovereignty in this remote province east of
-the Andes. The audacity of his scheme appealed to the imagination of
-the Peruvians present. After the first moments of surprise they hailed
-Mollendo as Don Carlos, the first President, and the lawyer asked
-eagerly that his excellency would allow him to draw up a proclamation.
-That historic document, when it appeared, bore many traces of Mollendo's
-own inspiration. He was nothing if not eloquent, and the sounding
-phrases which he dictated were calculated to impress a people peculiarly
-susceptible to fine language. The proclamation was taken to the only
-printing-press which San Rosario could boast, and within a few hours of
-Mollendo's arrival the pink leaflets were distributed broadcast.
-
-There resulted a further rush of recruits. The people were captivated by
-the idea of an independent republic. Before evening the President's
-army had swollen to nearly five hundred men. This gave Mr. O'Hagan more
-pleasure than flamboyant proclamations and the founding of orders, which
-he regarded as premature and theatrical. He took up his quarters with
-Tim in the barracks, and pleased the boy intensely by discussing the
-military position with him. The important matter was to hold the
-Prefect in check, and at the same time prevent a junction of his forces
-from San Juan with the men in the Inca camp. These latter were probably
-now on the move, though they, like the Prefect, might be holding back
-through alarm at the exaggerated reports brought to them by any
-fugitives who had retreated in that direction. To save their face,
-runaways always overstate the numbers of the force that has discomfited
-them.
-
-The fortunes of the Mollendists were decidedly in the ascendant. Their
-numbers, it was true, were still much inferior to those at the Prefect's
-disposal; but a few hours had already worked wonders, and time was in
-their favour--if the time were not too long drawn out. Recruits would
-no doubt continue to flock in: Mollendo's would be regarded as the
-winning side; but it was necessary to keep the machine in motion. If
-once the impetus due to the recent successes was lost, there would be a
-tendency to run back in the opposite direction.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan decided to hold the crossroads, three miles west of his own
-house, with a force sufficient to prevent the advance of the enemy from
-the Inca camp, and to employ the greater part of his troops in defending
-the defile on the San Juan road.
-
-"You will take command at the crossroads, Tim," he said. "Keep watch on
-those fellows from the north; if they try to force a passage, either
-this way or to San Juan, prevent them. But sit tight; don't go
-adventuring, and don't force an action if the enemy are quiet. I may
-need you at any moment to reinforce me against the Prefect. We have the
-advantage at present. The Prefect's two forces are separated by fifty
-miles of hills; we hold the only practicable routes; to effect a
-junction they'll have to make a detour of a hundred miles or more. You
-and I will be within touch, and can work together. My plan is to beat
-the enemy in detail--just as you have done, my boy."
-
-"Inherited instinct, Father," said Tim with a sly look.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan laughed.
-
-"I don't know what your mother would say," he remarked. "Mollendo is
-sure to send his wife word of his new dignity. You'd better write a note
-for your mother to go with mine and the President's. Don't say too
-much: all that she really wants to know is that you are safe. The rest
-won't interest her."
-
-"I'm not so sure of that," Tim thought.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX
-
- PARDO SCORES A TRICK
-
-
-Before putting his plans in action, Mr. O'Hagan went to the gobernador's
-house (now styled the Palace of Liberty) to lay them before Señor
-Mollendo. He supposed that the President, preoccupied with the
-administrative business of the infant republic, would cease to concern
-himself with the details of the campaign. A surprise awaited him.
-Mollendo approved his plans, but said that he would himself accompany
-the main force. His presence and his eloquence were, he thought,
-indispensable to success.
-
-"Moreover, general," he said blandly, "since your son, with commendable
-modesty, has declined the colonel's commission which I offered him, it
-will be necessary for form's sake to appoint an officer of that rank to
-command the second army. I recommend for that honourable post Señor
-Zegarra, a gentleman of proved loyalty, upon whom I have just conferred
-a colonel's commission."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was annoyed. Señor Zegarra, the second of the trio who had
-formed the deputation to Tim, was a retired architect, with no military
-experience. Still, he was an amiable man, and Mr. O'Hagan hoped by a
-little judicious and tactful handling to prevent any interference with
-his plans.
-
-Tim laughed heartily when his father returned and told him of the
-President's action.
-
-"Old Moll means to be boss," he said.
-
-"Old meddler!" grumbled Mr. O'Hagan. "However, it can't be helped. I'll
-get Zegarra to make you chief of staff, and if you go gently with him
-you can see that he doesn't upset the apple-cart."
-
-Tim was secretly not ill-pleased at the change. It would give him, he
-hoped, greater freedom of action. As commander of the force he would
-have been tied to it. He could not leave his men. And since he had
-already made up his mind to fetch the petrol cans which he had concealed
-in the shrubbery, and make use of the motor-bicycle again, he needed no
-consolation for being superseded.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan made a point of seeking out old Pedro Galdos, and thanking
-him for arranging his escape from prison. Knowing that the caballero,
-poor as he was, would disdain a pecuniary reward, Mr. O'Hagan had hit
-upon a more excellent way. He asked him to accept the appointment of
-commissary-general to the forces, taking care to couch the offer in the
-flowery terms that a Peruvian loves. Galdos accepted with dignity,
-straightened his shrunken old frame, and went off to harass all the
-provision dealers in the town.
-
-In the afternoon the two forces rode out, Mr. O'Hagan and the President
-at the head of about 350 men, Tim and Señor Zegarra with 150, including
-his Japanese. These were on foot; all the rest were mounted. Mr.
-O'Hagan marched towards San Juan, Tim to the cross-roads north of the
-town. On reaching his post, carrying out his father's instructions, he
-set his men to throw up a light earthwork at the intersection, and
-rendered the woods on each side impassable by an abattis. He sent a
-number of horsemen forward for several miles on both the eastern and
-western tracks, to watch for the enemy and give timely warning if they
-should approach from the Inca camp.
-
-Señor Zegarra was, as Mr. O'Hagan had said, a very amiable gentleman;
-and when Tim, after the bivouac had settled down, announced that he
-wished to fetch his motor-bicycle, which might be useful in scouting,
-the new-made colonel gave a gracious approval. Tim was rather perplexed
-as to the best way to set about it. To begin with, he had no petrol;
-but that difficulty was easily solved. He picked out four of his most
-trusty Japanese, explained to them clearly where they would find the
-cans he had hidden, and sent them through his father's plantations to
-bring them in. They would also report what they could discover about
-the state of affairs at the house: he thought it scarcely likely that
-Pardo had ventured back again. It was probably deserted.
-
-But, having the petrol, how could he bring back the motor-cycle? To
-walk to the cave would be a long and wearisome job: to ride seemed to
-mean that on returning he must leave the horse behind. He could not
-ride both horse and cycle. He might, of course, take horsemen with him,
-and leave his own steed with them; but the existence of the cave was
-known only to Romaña and two others, and he thought it would be as well
-to keep the secret which was not his own. But before the Japanese
-returned laden with the petrol cans he had solved the problem. He would
-ride out on horseback, carrying just enough petrol to last for the run,
-leave the horse with one of his vedettes some distance from the cave,
-and go on alone for the cycle. The horse could be brought back at
-leisure.
-
-When the petrol arrived, he filled two flasks and slung them on his
-saddle-bow. The messengers reported that all was quiet at the house. It
-appeared to be locked up and uninhabited. Tim suspected that Pardo had
-been among the men who had fled from the town, and had very likely gone
-to San Juan to stir up the Prefect. The loss of the hacienda would be a
-stinging blow to him. Tim wondered what had become of old Biddy and the
-other servants, and made up his mind to take the first opportunity of
-finding out.
-
-He set off, rode along his chain of vedettes, and halting at the man
-nearest the cave on the San Rosario side, dismounted and proceeded on
-foot. In a few minutes he returned on the cycle, much to the surprise
-of the vedette. Colonel Zegarra smiled paternally when he rode into the
-camp, and made a laughing allusion to the gobernador's ludicrous
-appearance on that historic occasion a few days before. To Tim it
-seemed to have happened weeks ago.
-
-The little force was not provided with tents. Men and officers slept on
-saddle cloths, spread in glades among the trees. The situation was far
-from pleasant. The low ground was infested with mosquitoes and other
-insects, whose pertinacious attentions kept awake many more than those
-who were on sentry duty.
-
-During the night Tim resolved to make a circular reconnaissance next
-morning, if there was no warning of the enemy's advance. On his cycle he
-could cover the ground much more rapidly than on horseback, and, with
-the zeal of a novice, he was eager to examine the paths minutely from a
-strategical point of view. He would go by the western and return by the
-eastern path, trusting to the speed of his machine if he came in touch
-with the enemy and were pursued.
-
-Colonel Zegarra raised no objection when Tim diplomatically suggested
-the importance of obtaining a thorough knowledge of the ground. The
-nominal commander was in fact a figure-head, conscious of his own
-ignorance, and quite content to leave everything to his chief of staff,
-and to reap the credit of the successes which he hoped that energetic
-young man would gain.
-
-Tim rode off immediately after breakfast. On the way he passed the
-vedettes strung out at intervals of about three miles, and leaving the
-last vedette behind, near the cave, sped on beside the river. The only
-serious risk he had to guard against until he reached the cross-track
-leading to the eastern path was the possibility of meeting a party of
-the enemy approaching from round a bend. In such a case he might have
-scant time to turn his machine; indeed, in many places he would have to
-dismount to do so, owing to the narrowness of the track. If this
-occurred on a rising gradient, he might be overtaken before he could get
-away. But he had all his wits about him, and reflected that after all
-the enemy, if they moved, would probably follow the more direct road
-past Durand's house.
-
-He arrived at the spot where his father's party had halted while Romaña
-scouted along the cross-track. Turning to the right, he rode for some
-little distance along this track, then suddenly made up his mind to
-return to the river, approach a little nearer to the camp, and leaving
-the machine well hidden, climb up to the ridge and try to see what the
-enemy were doing. From the top there was an uninterrupted view for many
-miles. The climb proved an even stiffer business than he expected, and
-on gaining the summit, hot, out of breath, and with trembling legs, he
-was disgusted to find that the Inca camp was too distant for him to
-distinguish anything very clearly without the aid of field-glasses. He
-saw figures moving about in the enclosure, but there was no sign, on the
-track or in the camp itself, of any general movement. It was quite
-possible that the events of the past two days were still unknown there.
-The fugitives from the town would naturally have turned towards San
-Juan, which was nearer than the Inca camp, and much more easily
-accessible. But the lack of communication between the camp and San
-Rosario struck Tim, raw hand though he was, as evidence of astonishing
-neglect of ordinary military precautions.
-
-Returning to his machine, Tim rode along the cross-track, reversing the
-direction of his night escape, which already seemed ancient history. He
-was careful to profit by the screen of trees on his left hand, and so
-keep out of sight from the spot where Mollendo's scouts had been posted;
-and he approached the fork warily. There was no one in sight, either up
-or down the eastern track. He wheeled to the right, and rode on towards
-his own camp at the cross-roads.
-
-Only once before had he travelled this part of the track on his
-cycle--when he returned home after being ransomed. He remembered how
-difficult he had found it, both when riding down, and when marching up
-with his captors. It was uneven, tortuous, and with many gradients.
-Its general tendency was downhill, but here and there it rose so steeply
-that, in spite of the power of his engine, he had to alight and push the
-machine. At similar descents he had some trouble in holding it in with
-his brakes, and where the track twisted and ran downhill at the same
-time, for safety's sake he dismounted again, and found that wheeling
-down was even more difficult than pushing up. But the worst was over
-when he arrived within about three miles of Durand's house. From this
-point the track ran almost uninterruptedly downhill, and was fairly
-smooth, and he sped along gaily at the rate of sixty miles an hour.
-
-A downward run of about a mile brought him to the wooden footbridge
-spanning a deep fissure that cut across the track. For two hundred
-yards above the bridge the machine was quite beyond control; even a
-slight rise in the last fifty yards failed to check his speed
-appreciably. He dashed on to the rough timbers at a force that made him
-tremble for the framework of the cycle, and not until he was fifty yards
-up the gentle gradient on the farther side was he able to reduce his
-speed to a reasonable rate.
-
-"I must have been going a tremendous lick that time," he thought, after
-these breathless moments. "Wonder I didn't come a cropper!"
-
-When he reached Durand's house he decided to call and ask whether Felipe
-had obtained his father's consent to join the President's forces. He
-came away with what is colloquially termed "a flea in his ear." Señor
-Durand met him at the door, refused to let him see Felipe, and bundled
-him off as if he were a tramp. The gentleman acted very conscientiously
-on the old maxim that you go safest in the middle. He had subscribed to
-the funds of both factions impartially, and having no faith in the power
-of either to maintain a permanent superiority he bluntly declined to
-allow his son to take any part in the struggle. Tim, as he turned away,
-caught sight of his friend looking at him disconsolately from a window,
-and with a grimace which meant "Rotten bad luck, old man!" he resumed
-his ride.
-
-It was early afternoon when he arrived in camp. He made a formal report
-to his amiable chief, whose wife and daughters had come out to admire
-him in his new role. Several other townspeople were chatting with their
-friends. Tim was very hungry after his long outing, and extricating
-himself from the flattering attentions of the ladies, he went away to
-get something to eat. Everything had been quiet during his absence.
-Galdos had brought a fresh supply of provisions. No news had been
-received from Mr. O'Hagan.
-
-After a good meal Tim, finding that there was nothing to do except talk
-to the ladies, whom he thought quite out of place in a military camp,
-decided to ride over to his house, see for himself what his messengers
-had reported on the previous evening, and get a much-needed change of
-clothes. It was only three miles away. Leaving the cycle to be cleaned
-by one of the Japanese, he mounted a horse and set off. He found the
-house apparently deserted. The garden was trampled; the place had
-already taken on the signs of neglect; doors and windows were closed,
-and the shattered glass of the patio entrance had been replaced by
-boards.
-
-Tim wondered what had become of the household. The mestizo servants had
-possibly taken, shelter with friends in the town; perhaps old Biddy
-Flanagan had sought a refuge with Señora Pereira. He tied his horse to
-a post and tried the front door. It was locked. Going round to the
-back, he found that the window of his bedroom had not been fastened. He
-opened it and climbed in. As he passed through the room into the patio
-he fancied he heard a slight sound somewhere in the house: but after
-listening for a moment decided that he was mistaken. All the same he
-moved on tiptoe, feeling an unaccountable nervousness.
-
-He went from the patio into the corridor, glancing through the open
-doors into the rooms as he passed. They appeared to be just as they
-were left, except that the table in the dining-room was cleared. He
-came to the office. The door was shut, but not locked. He opened it
-and went in. The first thing that caught his eye was the safe, open and
-empty. Then he noticed a hole in the floor. The matting had been taken
-up, and two or three of the boards removed. At the edge of the hole lay
-a quantity of plate, some silver ornaments from the dining-room, the
-ormolu clock from the drawing-room, several porcelain vases, and other
-articles of more or less value.
-
-All this he took in at a glance. Before he had time even to guess at
-the explanation of the strange scene there was a rush from behind the
-door, and he found himself grasped from the rear by two men. He tried
-to wrench himself away, dragging his captors about the room. It was
-useless to cry for help; he wished he had brought somebody with him. He
-managed to get one of his arms free, and twisting himself round, hit out
-at the man now in front of him, whom he did not recognise. There was
-some satisfaction in knowing that the fellow would have a black eye.
-But at this moment the other man flung a cloak over his head. With his
-one free hand he tried to tear it away, but it was drawn tighter and
-tighter across his mouth. His arm was caught again; he gasped for
-breath; his struggles became feebler; and by and by he lost
-consciousness.
-
-When he came to himself, with a racking pain in his head, he found
-himself on the floor, gagged and securely bound. Pardo, now alone, was
-bundling the valuables together. Tim watched him as he corded them in a
-strip of canvas. In a moment Pardo glanced at him, and seeing his eyes
-open, smiled, and began to talk, while still going on with his
-occupation.
-
-[Illustration: THE HOLE IN THE FLOOR]
-
-"Buenos dias, señor capitan," he said with a sarcastic intonation.
-"This is a little surprise, is it not? Not very pleasant; no. But
-strange as it may seem to you at this moment, I bear you no ill will
-personally. Your brigand father, to be sure, has treated me abominably.
-He has insulted the honour of a Peruvian gentleman, and that is an
-offence which, as you know, is frequently, and justly, avenged with
-blood. But you!--you are just a foolish boy; your impulses run away
-with you, and one is naturally lenient to the indiscretions of youth."
-
-He paused while straining at the cord, then resumed:
-
-"But one has to consider the public interest; and in fulfilment of my
-public duty I have felt it necessary to put a check upon your personal
-freedom. Having already had experience of similar restraint, you will
-no doubt be able to take your present condition with philosophic
-equanimity. If I am not mistaken, you owed your release on the former
-occasion to the payment of a ransom. Well, events sometimes repeat
-themselves. That lies in the discretion of his excellency the Prefect,
-whom I am about to join; he shall decide what to do with his prisoner."
-
-Here he tied the last knot and stood erect, looking down at Tim with a
-sardonic grin that made his blood boil.
-
-"But it would be inconvenient to take you with me," Pardo went on. "We
-might meet some of your bandit friends, who would probably jump to rash
-conclusions. Having a careful regard for your safety, I must leave you
-here, but I trust your solitude will not be protracted. In the public
-interest I ought perhaps to shoot you; but perhaps your market price now
-exceeds £250; you may be more valuable alive than dead. That thought
-will console you during your enforced seclusion. There is one little
-difficulty which it would be wrong not to mention. If any misadventure
-should befall me on my way to the Prefect, the secret of your
-hiding-place will be lost. That would be very regrettable, but I must
-ask you to consider that the responsibility will lie with your friends
-the brigands."
-
-At this moment the second man entered.
-
-"Is all ready?" asked Pardo.
-
-"Yes; I have secured the horse."
-
-"Very well. Oblige me by pulling up another board."
-
-The man wrenched up the plank. Then the two lifted Tim, and bundled him
-into the cavity like a sack.
-
-"_A reveder_, señor capitan," Pardo called through the hole.
-
-The boards were replaced. Tim was in darkness. For some minutes he
-heard the men moving about above him, and the faint sound of laughter.
-Then their feet dragged heavily on the floor: no doubt they were
-removing the bundle. The footsteps died away; and Tim was left in
-solitude and silence.
-
-The cavity into which Tim had been thrown had been excavated for the
-sake of keeping the rooms above dry, and extended beneath the house from
-end to end. It was not a pleasant place. The ground was damp; the
-atmosphere was stuffy; air could enter only by one narrow grating. Its
-humidity and the sub-tropical heat favoured the multiplication of
-innumerable insects, and Tim had not been there many minutes before the
-voracious creatures discovered him and began to make the most of their
-opportunity and their victim's helplessness. They crawled over his
-hands, up his sleeves, upon his face, into his hair. He did his best by
-shaking his head and twitching his features to rid himself of the
-tormenting pests; but they pricked and stung with great determination
-and vigour, and he was soon in pain and distress.
-
-If only he could have removed the gag he would not have felt so utterly
-helpless. Not that shouting would have been of any use in an empty
-house, but the power to groan would have seemed a luxury. And when by
-and by he fancied that he heard shuffling footsteps about the house, he
-struggled in his bonds until he felt bruised and lacerated. All was in
-vain. His head began to ache; ideas the most incongruous jostled in his
-feverish brain. He tried to collect himself and keep his mind fixed;
-but he could not control his thoughts. Recollections of the Black Hole
-of history came to harass him, and in alarm and terror lest he should
-wholly lose his wits he strained his muscles to the uttermost. The
-effort exhausted him, and presently he fell into a dull stupor, in which
-he was conscious of nothing.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX
-
- PARDO LOSES A TRICK
-
-
-At a late hour that night a rather weary horseman rode into the
-Prefect's camp, a few miles beyond the defile which Mr. O'Hagan was
-holding with his 400 men. News of the Mollendist extravagances in San
-Rosario having reached San Juan, the Prefect with a sudden burst of
-energy moved out with a motley force of 1500, and established himself on
-the hills in readiness to force the passage next day. The horseman
-sought out the Prefect's quarters, in a sheltered glade some distance
-from the track, and was checked every few yards by sentries demanding
-the countersign. The Prefect was always very careful that all proper
-precautions were taken for the safeguard of his person.
-
-Pardo was rather annoyed by these frequent interruptions. He was very
-tired. The roundabout route which he had been forced to take by the
-presence of the enemy across the road had kept him for many hours in the
-saddle. He had hidden the loot from his late master's house; but, like
-all traitors, he did not trust the man who had assisted him, and almost
-wished that he had not left the spoils and his friend behind. But,
-knowing the kind of men who formed the bulk of the Prefect's army, he
-had prudently decided not to bring valuables within their reach and
-expose them to temptation.
-
-He came to the last of the chain of sentries, and requested an interview
-with the Prefect.
-
-"His excellency is asleep, señor," said the man dubiously. "It is very
-late."
-
-"Tell his excellency that Señor Miguel Pardo desires to see him,"
-returned Pardo with impatience.
-
-The man durst not leave his post, but summoned a comrade, who conveyed
-the message.
-
-"His excellency cursed and declined to see you until the morning,
-señor," said the man on his return.
-
-Now, so far as Pardo knew, there was no need for haste. He had taken
-great care to gag and bind Tim very thoroughly. He had left the house
-locked up and the windows fastened, and even if anybody should break in,
-it was unlikely that the hiding-place beneath the floor of the office
-would be suspected and the prisoner discovered. But Pardo was eager to
-conclude a scheme which he had ingeniously concocted. He had also a
-rather exaggerated notion of his importance. So he sent the messenger
-back again, to say that he had something of great moment to communicate,
-and begged the Prefect to see him at once.
-
-After a little delay he was admitted to his excellency, whom he found
-reclining on a camp bed in the open air; tents were not required in this
-rainless region.
-
-"What is this important matter that justifies the disturbance of my
-rest?" asked the Prefect, rather haughtily.
-
-"I regret the necessity, excellency," said Pardo, "but I think when you
-have heard me you will consider me justified."
-
-"Well, say on."
-
-"Your excellency would no doubt be glad to be rid of the man O'Hagan and
-his boy?"
-
-"Caramba! I agree with you. Without them the brigands would be easily
-dealt with, and this ridiculous republic would tumble like a house of
-cards. You have some plan?"
-
-"I have, excellency; but I beg you not to demand particulars. I have
-means of getting rid of them both. It has cost me a great deal of
-labour and not a little danger."
-
-"Name your price," said the Prefect impatiently. "And I warn you to be
-moderate, for this expedition is draining me."
-
-"It will not cost you a peseta, excellency. All that I ask is that you
-will bestow on me, free of taxes, the full ownership of O'Hagan's
-hacienda."
-
-"Por Dios! That is your idea of moderation! The hacienda produces
-several thousand pounds a year. Not cost me a peseta, indeed! You are
-presumptuous, señor."
-
-"What I shall do is worth the price, excellency. O'Hagan has great
-military capacity. The Mollendist cause is gaining ground. A single
-reverse will break up your army, and even if you win you will have
-endless trouble while the Inglés is at large."
-
-The Prefect reflected. He had reckoned on making a large income out of
-Mr. O'Hagan's estate. He might still do so, even if he acceded to
-Pardo's terms. What he gave he could also take away. When the
-insurrection had been scotched, he could squeeze Pardo until he became
-troublesome, and then confiscate the property a second time. After a
-show of hesitation he agreed to the proposal, and did not demur when
-Pardo asked him to sign his name to a paper with which the man with
-admirable forethought had come provided.
-
-Pardo took his leave. He might now have thought himself justified in
-seeking repose, but impatient greed still urged him on. He mounted his
-horse, rode through the lines, and did not halt until he had reached the
-Mollendist outposts, whom he approached under a flag of truce. It was
-perhaps fortunate that they were not Mr. O'Hagan's Japanese workmen. It
-was fortunate, too, that he did not encounter Romaña. He was taken to
-Mr. O'Hagan, who lacked the luxury of a camp bed: his couch was a bundle
-of straw.
-
-"It's you, is it?" said Mr. O'Hagan dryly, as he recognised his visitor.
-"Going to turn traitor again?"
-
-Pardo bit his lips; there was a dangerous gleam in his eyes. But he
-curbed his anger: he was a man of policy.
-
-"I have the honour to inform you, señor," he said coldly, "that your son
-is a prisoner."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan went pale. This was an unexpected blow. But he said
-nothing.
-
-"The Prefect is, as you are aware, not so complaisant as the brigand
-Mollendo," Pardo continued. "He will not release the boy for a paltry
-£250. He will not accept any sum as ransom for so mischievous a rebel."
-
-He paused, as a cat releases a mouse for a moment, for the pleasure, it
-would seem, of prolonging its victim's agony.
-
-"What have you come here for?" cried Mr. O'Hagan impetuously. "Merely
-to harass me, you----"
-
-He checked himself. It was no good abusing the man.
-
-"I come to make a proposal," said Pardo. "Your son is at present my
-prisoner; it rests with you whether I hand him over to the Prefect, and
-then!..." He expressed his meaning by a gesture. "Or whether he is
-released, and allowed to rejoin you. My terms are quite simple, but
-absolutely unconditional. They are not open to discussion. You will
-make a formal assignment of your estate to me; you will then leave the
-country. Your son's life depends on your prompt acceptance."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan sprang up.
-
-"What is to prevent me from shooting you, you villain?" he cried,
-overmastered by his rage.
-
-Pardo shrank from him. He felt a chill run down his spine like a
-trickle of cold water. But he recovered himself in a moment.
-
-"The honour of an Englishman will prevent you," he said with an air of
-assurance. "Besides, if I die, your son dies. Nobody but myself and one
-other knows where he is. He will starve!"
-
-Mr. O'Hagan shivered. Pardo quailed before his blazing eyes. For a
-moment there was silence; then Mr. O'Hagan, putting a restraint upon
-himself, said:
-
-"If I assign my estate to you----"
-
-"Discussion is mere waste of time," Pardo interposed. "The conditions
-are peremptory. You must not only assign your estate to me but leave the
-country. That is final."
-
-"Go away," said Mr. O'Hagan.
-
-"I cannot go without an answer."
-
-"I will send for you--presently, when I have made up my mind--in a few
-minutes."
-
-Pardo withdrew, lit a cigarette, and strolled up and down. He felt very
-confident, and flattered himself on his astuteness. He was by no means
-so sure of the success of the Prefect's arms as he had professed in his
-interview with that gentleman, even if Mr. O'Hagan were out of the way.
-The Mollendists were growing in number; Mollendo had made a clever move
-in declaring for a republic, and the loyalty of the Prefect's troops
-hung by a very slender thread. Pardo had schemed to secure possession of
-the estate in any event. But it was necessary to get rid of Mr.
-O'Hagan. Mollendo, if he gained the upper hand, might in O'Hagan's
-absence respect the assignment. He was a stickler for law. But the
-Prefect would certainly not do so unless his enemy were removed. Pardo
-considered that he had played his cards well.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan was in a cruel predicament. He could not doubt Pardo's
-story. He would willingly have given up his estate to save Tim's life,
-but could he also desert the cause which he had taken up? His honour
-was engaged. He paced up and down the bare space in front of his couch:
-the sight of the red end of Pardo's cigarette a few yards away filled
-him with bitter anger. He knew that he must yield. With Tim's life and
-his own honour in the balance, there was no doubt which would outweigh
-the other. He was too proud to consult Señor Mollendo. The dilemma must
-be solved by himself alone. He could only make up his mind, go to the
-President, and confess that every other consideration--wealth, success,
-honour--must give way before the danger of his only son.
-
-Out of the darkness Romaña came up to him.
-
-"A despatch from Colonel Zegarra, señor," he said. "The courier waits
-for a reply."
-
-Pardo saw Romaña, flung his cigarette away, and effaced himself among
-the trees. Mr. O'Hagan took the envelope, and tearing it open
-mechanically, read the few lines it contained. And then Romaña was
-amazed to find his hand grasped and shaken vigorously.
-
-"He's safe, Nicolas!" said Mr. O'Hagan, working his arm up and down like
-a pump-handle. "My boy's safe!"
-
-"Señor!"
-
-"Go and kick that villain out," cried Mr. O'Hagan, recollecting himself.
-
-"Señor, I don't understand!"
-
-"Pardo! He's over there. Bring him to me."
-
-Romaña followed the indication of his outstretched hand, and came back
-with Pardo, who, watching the scene, had been invaded by a vague
-uneasiness.
-
-"Go and hang yourself; that's my answer," said Mr. O'Hagan, turning his
-back on the startled man. "See him safe out," he called over his
-shoulder to Romaña. "If the Japs get hold of him they'll throttle him."
-
-And Pardo, feeling with a sinking heart that something had gone amiss,
-was escorted by Romaña to the outskirts of the camp.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan read again the brief despatch. It was in Colonel Zegarra's
-writing.
-
-
-SEÑOR,
-
-I have the honour to report that the enemy has made no movement. A
-reconnaissance has been admirably carried out by Lieutenant O'Hagan
-alone, and I hope to report to you to-morrow the measures which I
-propose to take for our greater security.
-
-I have the honour to be, señor,
- Yours in the service of the Republic,
- P. ZEGARRA,
- Colonel.
-
-
-And there was a postscript in Tim's hand:
-
-
-Pardo has been playing tricks. Will write to-morrow, as I'm very tired.
-All well.
-
-TIM, Lieutenant and chief of staff.
-
-
-At the second reading Mr. O'Hagan could smile at the odd subscription.
-He saw Tim's eyes twinkling as he wrote.
-
-
-Unknown equally to Tim and to Pardo, the house was not deserted, as they
-supposed. Biddy Flanagan, the old Irish maid-servant, had stuck to it
-when all the other domestics fled, just as Puss will linger forlorn in
-an empty house. She shut herself in her room, and only ventured out to
-forage. She had thus sallied forth to make a cup of tea when she saw
-Pardo and his companion coming from the direction of the town. She at
-once slipped out at the back, locking the kitchen door and taking the
-key with her, and hid herself in the shrubbery. Thus she did not see
-Tim's arrival, though she heard the hoof-beats, and supposed that Pardo
-had been joined by another friend. When, after some time, she heard the
-thud of hoofs again, and guessed that the intruders had gone away, she
-let herself into the house, put the kettle on, and while she waited for
-the water to boil, went through the house to see what the spalpeens had
-been after.
-
-"They've took the gold clock," she muttered, standing with arms folded
-at the drawing-room door; "and I wouldn't wonder if it did be after
-striking in the bundle, and maybe get them rogues into trouble. And the
-mistress's best chainey: faith, 'tis a mercy she took all her jools
-along with her, or there'd be none of um left at all." She went on to
-the dining-room. "The like of it! Sorra a silver spoon to be seen, nor
-the silver jug; I never heard tell of the way them villains have the
-place stripped, and that Pardo the master's man and all."
-
-She made a mental inventory of the missing articles and proceeded to the
-office.
-
-"What did they be after doing here?" she grunted, as she noticed, with
-the quick eye of one accustomed to superintend the cleaning operations,
-signs of disturbance about the matting. She stooped to straighten it,
-and discovered the loosened boards. "I wouldn't wonder but they did be
-hiding the things," she said, raising the planks one after another; "and
-mighty foolish will they look when they come back, if so be I can get
-myself down through the hole and back again. There! the kettle's on the
-boil; I'll just be wetting the tea, and fetch a candle for this same."
-
-The daylight streaming in through the gap had roused Tim from his
-stupor, and seeing Biddy above he tried to shout, but could not utter a
-sound through the gag. Biddy soon returned with a candle and a kitchen
-chair. The latter she lowered into the hole, stepped on to it, carrying
-the candle, and so reached the ground. She stooped, to search for the
-stolen articles, and started back in a hurry.
-
-"Holy St. Patrick!" she exclaimed; "but 'tis a man, sure. Is it murder
-they were after?"
-
-Recovering herself, she held the candle lower.
-
-"Mercy! 'Tis master Tim!" she cried, "and beasties crawling all over on
-the poor face of um. The like of it! Divil such a state ever I seen as
-the poor boy do be in."
-
-She bent over him, whipped out a pair of scissors and snapped the cords,
-and whisked the insects from his spotted and swollen face with her
-apron.
-
-"The poor lamb!" she said, lifting him. "Sure the life's fair bitten out
-of um."
-
-Tim could neither speak nor use his numbed limbs. The old woman took
-him in her arms, climbed up through the hole, and carried him to the
-kitchen, where she made him swallow a cup of tea, and bathed his face
-with warm water, speaking her mind freely on the iniquities of Pardo.
-
-He told her what had happened, and what Pardo had said.
-
-"And is it pay that the master will be giving for a prisoner that is
-free!" cried the old woman. "Sure now, cannot ye telegraph to um?"
-
-"I wish I could; we ought to have repaired the wire. But the Colonel
-will be sending a despatch to Father, and his courier will get there
-before Pardo."
-
-"He might," said Biddy. "Faith, I hope the master will shoot the
-wretch; he has all the silver stolen, and I don't know what all. And
-what did ye be after, coming into this den of lions?"
-
-"Just a change of clothes, Biddy. I suppose they haven't taken them."
-
-"Not them. They're not clean inside or out. I will get ye the bits of
-things, my dear, and do ye rub this butter on your face. 'Tis the good
-thing for them bites."
-
-In an hour or so Tim felt able to return to the camp.
-
-"You had better go into the town, Biddy," he said as he set off.
-
-"What for would I be doing that?" she rejoined. "I do not be in dread
-of the likes of them villains, and if so be they come back, I wouldn't
-say but I tell um what I think of um."
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXI
-
- RUN TO EARTH
-
-
-Young Tim was at an age when boys are a trifle sensitive about their
-personal appearance. He was glad that on returning to camp his ravaged
-complexion was obscured in the dark. Nobody seemed at all concerned
-about his protracted absence. Colonel Zegarra was playing at cards with
-a friend from the town; the other officers and the men were amusing
-themselves after their fancy. Tim made a round of the camp, and was
-almost surprised to find that sentries were properly posted. The
-vedettes along the roads had been changed at the intervals arranged;
-military routine had been observed. The only departure from custom,
-perhaps, was Colonel Zegarra's allowing Tim to append a postscript to
-his nightly despatch. Tim had intended to say nothing of his recent
-adventure; but reflecting that Pardo might visit his father for the
-purpose of extorting a ransom, he thought it just as well to certify his
-safety.
-
-During the night, when his turn for guard duty came, he pondered the
-general situation. With a zeal natural in a young officer, he wanted to
-"do something": inactivity was boring; he wished the sluggish enemy
-would wake up. He wondered by which route they would march when the
-movement did at last begin: by the eastern track or by the western? In
-thinking over the probabilities, it suddenly struck him that by
-destroying the wooden bridge a few miles beyond Durand's house he could
-render the eastern road--the more likely one--impassable. The ravine
-was about thirty feet wide. The one other spot at which it could be
-crossed was several miles to the east, approachable only over very rough
-country. By preventing the passage of the enemy by the bridge he would
-compel them to return to the cross-track and come by the western route,
-at a loss of many hours.
-
-To destroy the bridge would be a very simple matter. It wanted only a
-good charge of powder. But Tim reflected that it would be a pity to
-blow it up prematurely, in case the enemy elected to come by the other
-route after all. The bridge might be useful to his own side. So he
-decided to ask Colonel Zegarra's permission to mine it, to clear of all
-cover a space on each side of the ravine, and to leave a small
-detachment of his own Japanese at some distance on the south side with
-orders to fire the mine at the critical moment. One of the mounted
-vedettes might be posted at the top of the long incline beyond, to ride
-at full speed to the bridge as soon as he should discover signs of an
-approach in force. Such a headlong gallop would be dangerous in the
-dark, so Tim thought of replacing him at night by an infantry outpost of
-four men. He would station them say a hundred yards north of the
-bridge, and theirs would be the duty to fall back and blow it up if
-danger threatened.
-
-He was explaining the scheme next morning to his complacent colonel when
-news arrived through his chain of vedettes that small parties of the
-enemy had been seen moving down from the Inca camp towards the upper
-junction of the paths. There was no indication of a general forward
-movement. They were merely feeling their way, having apparently
-discovered, perhaps by the want of news from the town, that something
-unusual was afoot. The wooden bridge being only a little more than five
-miles from Colonel Zegarra's position, there would probably be time to
-make all preparations for the explosion before the real advance of the
-enemy began. The colonel agreed to the suggestion. Tim was surprised
-at his extraordinary complaisance, his perfect contentment with the
-state of figure-head. Afterwards, with more knowledge, he felt
-considerable respect for President Mollendo's tact. Zegarra had been
-appointed to the command merely for the sake of appearances--to avoid
-any discontent among the Peruvians at being led by a foreigner. His
-compliance with every proposal of Tim's had been prearranged.
-
-Tim chose the men for the work, took them out, and explained to them on
-the spot what he wished them to do. Then he left them. He had resolved
-to ride up the western road again, and see for himself what the enemy
-were about. Being convinced that their advance would be made along the
-eastern road, he intended to scout as far as the cross-track, and
-perhaps to ride some distance along it, till he came to a spot where any
-movement from the Inca camp would be visible to him.
-
-His cycle had been well cleaned by one of the Japanese. He overhauled
-it finally himself, tested the sparking and the brakes, assured himself
-that the engine worked with the least possible noise, and that there was
-plenty of petrol. Having filled the chambers of his revolver, and put
-on a well-stocked bandolier, he took leave of the colonel and set off.
-
-He felt safe for at least a dozen miles. There were four mounted
-vedettes along the track, the last of them being posted about a mile
-beyond Romaña's cave. If the enemy was moving on this route also, the
-fact would already have been reported.
-
-The day was still young, and Tim, none the worse for his trouble of the
-previous afternoon, rode on in high spirits. Though continually rising,
-the track was not really steep for the first fifteen or twenty miles. He
-kept up a good speed, stopping every three miles to exchange a word with
-the vedettes, and had just reached the spot where he expected to find
-the last of them, when he was startled at seeing a man lying in a
-curiously huddled fashion at the side of the track a few yards ahead.
-He was slowing down, intending to stop and look more closely at the
-prone form; but suddenly there was a shot, and a bullet whistled past
-his head.
-
-Instantly he clapped on the brakes, brought the cycle to a standstill,
-sprang off--for the track was too narrow to turn while riding--and
-wheeling it round, ran a few yards, remounted, and set off at full speed
-down the incline, bending over the handle-bar. There was a volley
-behind him: the bullets pattered on the cliff at his right hand; and as
-he wondered whether his pace would carry him out of danger, he heard the
-clatter of hoofs and the shouts of men at his back.
-
-He had no doubt of being able to distance the pursuers. The cycle could
-leave the swiftest horse standing. They had ceased to fire, which he
-thought foolish. But his assurance was rudely dashed in a few seconds.
-A few hundred yards below the stream that crossed the track near
-Romaña's cavern, three men stood with levelled rifles, covering him.
-They were plainly waiting for him to come close enough to make certain
-of their aim.
-
-It was a desperate situation. On the one side a high cliff; on the
-other a steep precipice; behind, an unknown number of galloping
-horsemen; before, the waiting marksmen. If he dashed on, the three men
-could scarcely fail to hit him; if he stopped, he would be quickly
-overtaken by the men behind.
-
-In that critical dilemma, when a moment's hesitation would have been
-fatal, he remembered the cave, some little distance on his right towards
-the waterfall. He brought his machine up with a jerk, sprang off,
-pushed it into a bush--there was no time to attempt to hide it, still
-less to haul it with him--and dived among the scrub and saplings that
-fringed the banks of the little stream. Bending double he raced up the
-watercourse towards the beacon tree, tore aside the leafy screen at the
-entrance to the cave, and plunged breathless into the darkness. He was
-like a fox that has run to earth.
-
-The cave must be discovered in a few minutes. He had no protection but
-the darkness and his weapons. Could he block up the entrance? Hurrying
-to the wall, he dragged the box-beds over the floor, and placed them
-across the gap, just within the threshold. The legs of the table were
-so deeply imbedded in the ground that he could not move that; but he set
-the stools on the boxes, thus forming a rough and very insecure
-barricade. It was the best that he could devise; and, posting himself
-in the dark a little to the left of the entrance, he hoped to be able to
-hold the enemy at bay for some time with his revolver.
-
-But it was a ticklish situation. As yet he did not know with how many
-men he had to deal; there were probably enough to block up the track
-completely in either direction. The vedettes whom he had passed did not
-expect him to return by the same route; he would not be missed for a
-considerable time, unless they should have happened to hear the shots.
-This was unlikely. The wind was blowing from them to him; the windings
-of the track and the height of the hills did not favour the travel of
-sound. It seemed that the utmost he could hope was to be able to keep
-the enemy off until nightfall, and then try to steal past them in the
-darkness. They were probably, he thought, merely a scouting party, not
-an advanced guard of the main body. Evidently they had fallen upon his
-vedette unawares, killed him, and then divided. Seeing the motor
-bicycle approach, the three men scouting down the track had hidden until
-he had passed, knowing that he would be trapped between them and their
-comrades higher up.
-
-When he had made his flimsy barricade, Tim stole to the entrance, pulled
-the foliage aside, and looked out. On the track he saw eleven men
-gathered, holding their horses. They were talking excitedly; one man
-pointed to the motor-bicycle, another in the direction of the cave.
-They must have realised that they had their quarry safe, if they could
-get at him. There was no way up the hill-side. He must be concealed
-somewhere in the patch of scrub between them and the hill. To escape he
-would have to come down to the track within a space of about a hundred
-yards above and below the stream. By thoroughly beating the scrub they
-supposed they could drive him out.
-
-The discussion soon came to an end. They tied up their horses; then,
-leaving one man to guard the motor-cycle, so that if Tim ran from cover
-he could not escape them, they scattered, and began to advance. They
-might have been hunters stalking a tiger through jungle. They moved
-warily, and only now and then were visible to the anxious watcher at the
-cave. With a rifle he could have picked them off; the revolver was
-useless until they came to close quarters. He had a fleeting hope that
-they might pass the entrance to the cave without discovering it, and as
-they drew nearer he slipped back out of sight. His nerves tingled;
-minute after minute went by, and he had almost concluded that the men
-must have overshot the hiding-place when the curtain of foliage was bent
-aside, letting in a gleam of light. The entrance was discovered!
-
-The screen was dropped again. No doubt the men were discussing what
-they should do. The opening was narrow. To attempt to carry such a
-place by assault might give the boldest pause. Some one must go first,
-and that man, if the defender was resolved to fight, was certain to be
-shot. The men were not particularly courageous; but there was a price
-on the Inglés boy, and even timorous folk will pluck up their courage
-when there is a reward in view.
-
-[Illustration: A CHECK AT THE CAVE]
-
-When some minutes had elapsed, Tim ventured to draw near to the entrance
-and peep out through the leaves. The men were grouped some little
-distance away at the brink of the stream; he heard the murmur of their
-voices. In a few moments they separated, and spread out to right and
-left of the cave, keeping as much as possible under cover. One climbed
-into the tree, and concealed himself amid the foliage. Tim guessed what
-was coming, and slipped away to the side of the cave. He was not a
-moment too soon. The enemy opened fire, and their shots, coming in
-different directions, flew criss-cross into the entrance. Fortunately
-the walls were soft, and the bullets dug into them instead of
-ricochetting or splintering. One fragment grazed Tim's wrist, a warning
-to retreat still farther.
-
-After two or three volleys the firing ceased. The enemy supposed, no
-doubt, that some of their shots had taken effect, or had at any rate
-driven their quarry from the entrance. Tim rushed back to his former
-post, just in time to fire his revolver as the assailants, shouting to
-encourage one another, came with a dash through the foliage. At the
-threshold they were checked by the unexpected obstacle of Tim's barrier.
-For a few moments they stood there, trying to throw it down, cursing,
-yelling with pain as Tim, invisible in the inner darkness, slowly and
-deliberately emptied his revolver. This was too hot for them. They
-broke away, and Tim, running to the entrance, saw them hurrying down the
-slope to find cover. They were carrying one of their comrades; another
-lay across the threshold.
-
-They returned to the track. There was another consultation among them;
-then four of them leapt on their horses and rode away northward. Three
-went on foot down the track, doubtless to guard against surprise in that
-direction; one man still remained in charge of the bicycle, the last
-held the horses. Clearly they had not abandoned their purpose. Tim
-wondered what their next move was to be. Surely the horsemen had not
-ridden back to the Inca camp for help! It was more than twenty miles
-distant. There and back the journey would take several hours. They
-would hardly spend so much time with the risk of assistance coming up
-from the Mollendists. The vedette who had been killed must be relieved
-ere long, and for all they knew there might be a numerous detachment of
-their enemy within reach.
-
-Tim was not long left in doubt. In half an hour he saw the mounted men
-returning, and recognised the explanation of their absence. One of them
-carried an oblong object which revealed itself in a few moments as a
-sheet of corrugated iron. Tim wondered where they could have got it,
-until he remembered that some distance up the hill there was a deserted
-hut, which had probably been at some time occupied by a Cholo shepherd.
-He jumped to the use to which the iron was to be put. It was to serve
-as a shield against his bullets.
-
-The riders dismounted at the stream, gave their horses to the man
-guarding the cycle, and disappeared into the scrub. Some time passed.
-When they emerged again Tim saw that they had surrounded the iron with a
-kind of wicker cage. It could now be carried in front of the bearer
-without his exposing himself in any way to Tim's fire. Wicker and iron
-together would be impervious to a revolver bullet.
-
-Tim had a few moments to make up his mind how to meet this ingenious
-device. He slipped across the cave to the opposite side to that at which
-he had formerly been posted. The enemy would probably expect attack
-from the same quarter as before, and would turn their shield in that
-direction. He had just taken up his new position when bullets began to
-fly crosswise through the entrance. After this preparatory move the
-enemy made a determined rush. The first man, bearing the shield, came
-in and faced to the right, turning his back upon Tim, who had a
-momentary qualm about firing from the rear. That moment allowed the two
-next men time to pull away the stools. He felt that hesitation would be
-fatal, and fired. The first man dropped with a groan, and the shield
-fell clattering upon the long box. Before Tim could fire a second shot,
-two men had scrambled across on all fours, and the entrance was darkened
-by their comrades pressing behind.
-
-One of those who had entered sprang to his feet and discharged his
-revolver at random in the direction of Tim, whom he was as yet unable to
-see, having come suddenly out of brilliant sunshine into gloom. Tim
-slipped back quickly along the wall until he was in complete darkness,
-then ran on tiptoe across the cave. Turning when he reached the wall,
-he fired his barrels one after another, slipped more cartridges into the
-chambers, and crossed again. By this manoeuvre he bewildered the enemy,
-who were now, however, all in the cave, and protected almost as much as
-himself by the darkness.
-
-He did not fire again, lest the flashes revealed his whereabouts. All
-that he could hope to do was to find some defensible position in the
-interior and sell his life dearly. There was not even a chance of
-dodging his enemy and slipping out, for one man had been left near the
-entrance. He was determined not to surrender. Even if the men now
-hunting him did not butcher him on the spot to avenge their fallen
-comrades, the Prefect would have no mercy on his prisoner. He must
-defend himself to the last. Perhaps when it came to the final stand he
-might have an opportunity of dealing with the four men singly.
-
-He retreated slowly along the wall, listening for the enemy, whom he was
-quite unable to see. All at once he remembered the opening at the
-farther end which Romaña had shown him. A last hope flashed into his
-mind. If he could slip out there, replace the turning stone before his
-exit was discovered, and pass through the waterfall into the open, there
-was a bare chance of escape. It was true that he might be discovered by
-the man with the cycle, or by the others on the watch down the track.
-But it was better to be killed in a dash for liberty than cooped up and
-slaughtered like a badger in a hole.
-
-Now he hastened his steps, creeping as fast as possible along the
-curving wall. His hunters were no doubt feeling their way, on their
-guard against an ambuscade. Everything depended upon his gaining the
-exit before they came to a spot where the removal of the stone would let
-a little daylight upon the scene. He ran along on tip-toe, bruising his
-arms now and then when he encountered projections from the wall, and
-almost dashing his head against the stone when he suddenly stumbled upon
-it. Pressing the top, as he had seen Romaña do, he turned the stone,
-clambered through the gap on to a ledge, and in ten seconds restored the
-strange gate to its place. He reflected that the enemy, if they had
-seen the fleeting gleam of light, would take some time to find the stone
-and discover its manipulation, or, on the other hand, make their way
-back through the cave to the opening by which they had entered.
-Whatever they did, he had gained at least a few minutes.
-
-From the ledge on which he now stood he looked eagerly about him. In
-front of him was the waterfall, forming a filmy screen. He could see
-through it and around it. There was the man on the track a hundred and
-fifty yards away. Farther down the three men were still posted: they
-were now on horseback. Tim hoped that they could not see him. He was,
-in fact, quite invisible to them, as a person behind a curtain in a room
-is invisible to those without; though it is difficult for the one within
-to realise this: he feels that, being himself able to see, he must
-himself be seen.
-
-The rough ground and scrub in front of the cave was deserted. The
-solitary figure at the end of the watercourse was in charge of the
-horses of the men in the cave, and of the three who had fallen to Tim's
-shots. Near him, at the edge of the track, lay the man who had been
-carried away wounded after the first attack. Tim could not see the
-cycle, but he had no doubt that it was there.
-
-What should he do? The men in the cave must soon discover that he was
-gone. If one had the courage to strike a match the discovery must be
-made almost at once. There was very little time. The obvious course was
-to steal along the watercourse, and gain possession either of a horse or
-of the cycle. Escape on foot was impossible. He could not go otherwise
-than by the track, and as soon as he appeared there he would be pursued
-by the horsemen and overtaken in a few minutes. He resolved to creep
-down to the man who stood alone, try to secure the cycle, or, if not
-that, a horse, and ride away.
-
-To reach the watercourse he had to pass through the waterfall, or skirt
-it and appear within full view from the track. He decided on the former
-course. The magnified shower bath was shattering. Though it was soon
-over, he was almost stunned by the pelting water, and emerged breathless
-and wet to the skin. Pausing for a moment to recover breath, he crept
-down the watercourse. The channel was shallow; he had very little cover;
-but he could not waste time in careful scouting. At any moment the men
-might return to the entrance of the cave and discover him. But by
-taking advantage of every bush and patch of long grass that he
-encountered, he at last came within twenty yards of the Peruvian
-unperceived. The man had his eyes fixed on the cave, or he could hardly
-have failed to see the bent form stealing along.
-
-Stooping until his eyes were level with the top of the bank, Tim looked
-ahead. There was the cycle, propped against a thick bush. It was headed
-down the track, as he had left it. He considered rapidly what he had
-better do. He could not shoot the man in cold blood. The alternatives
-were equally hazardous. He might make a dash for the cycle, start it,
-and try to get away before its guardian could seize him. But the man
-was only a few yards from it; this plan could hardly succeed. Or he
-might wriggle to within a few feet of the watchman, spring upon him with
-a sudden rush, and deal him a knock-out blow. He could not fail to be
-seen at that moment by the wounded man, if he was conscious; the alarm
-would be given; but there might be just time for him to get away before
-the three men lower down the track, or the four in the cave, could take
-aim at him.
-
-The latter course was recommended by the fact that the watchman's
-attention was divided between the cave and the horses he held by the
-bridles. They were restless; the jingle of their harness and the
-stamping of their hoofs would mask any slight sound that Tim might make
-as he approached.
-
-He slipped his revolver into his belt and crept along; then, gathering
-his strength, hurled himself upon the unsuspecting trooper. At the last
-moment of his rush the man half turned, hearing his footsteps, and gave
-him the opportunity for getting home a smashing blow on the point of his
-chin. He tumbled like a log. But the success of the attack was almost
-Tim's undoing. The horses kicked up their heels and stampeded wildly,
-some up, some down the track, one of them knocking Tim head over heels.
-But there were no bones broken. Springing to his feet, he rushed to the
-cycle, and wheeled it round. The engine was still firing; Tim ran a few
-yards, vaulted into the saddle, and throwing open the throttle to its
-full extent, rode up the hill after the galloping horses. He was
-scarcely conscious that the wounded man lying on the grass near by was
-shouting at the top of his voice.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXII
-
- A PUNCTURE
-
-
-Tim's rush had been so swift, so silent, so effectual, that he was
-already running beside his cycle and preparing to mount before the three
-men down the track, more than a quarter of a mile away, became aware
-that something was wrong. The first intimation was the pounding of the
-horses' hoofs as they took flight. They looked up to see the cause of
-the sudden stampede, but Tim was hidden from them by the galloping
-animals, which were dashing downhill at so desperate a pace that the
-troopers, if they waited for them, must be almost inevitably swept off
-the narrow track over the precipice. Though they now heard the yells of
-the mounted trooper above, they durst not delay, but promptly wheeled
-round and set off to head the race, intending to pull up as soon as the
-frantic beasts behind them had recovered from their fright.
-
-Meanwhile the shouts of their comrade had brought the other men
-hurriedly to the mouth of the cave, which they reached just in time to
-see Tim disappear round a curve in the track. They plunged through the
-scrub, and screamed with rage when they caught sight of the crowd of
-horses headed by the three troopers far down the hill to their right.
-Men of southern blood make little attempt to control their feelings, and
-these Peruvians, their vision of £500 vanished, stamped and gesticulated
-and wept, venting bitter curses upon the hapless trooper whom Tim had
-felled, and who was now sitting up and dizzily feeling his chin.
-
-It was the presence of the three men on the track that had determined
-Tim to ride northward. With them waiting for him, ready to shoot as he
-passed, or before, there would have been little chance of successfully
-running the gauntlet. He had not reckoned on the stampeding of the
-horses; nor had it occurred to him at the first moment to follow at
-their heels and snatch an opportunity of slipping through in the
-confusion. When he did think of it, he felt very much annoyed with
-himself for being so stupid. Not that he could have run past them: his
-experience on the track soon proved that the attempt would have been
-hopeless. Paradoxical as it may appear, this only deepened his
-annoyance. Three of the horses had started up instead of down the hill.
-The ascent being rather steep, they were more fatigued than frightened
-before they had run a mile. The gallop became a trot, the trot a walk,
-and they were making up their simple minds to stop and refresh
-themselves with herbage from the side of the track when a creature on
-two wheels came up to meddle. At the appearance of the bicycle they
-kicked up their heels and fled, all their terrors revived.
-
-It was now that Tim was angry with himself. If this was the effect
-uphill, what would it have been in the other direction? Flying downhill
-after the troop, with a judicious use of his hooter he might have kept
-them all madly on the run, and even driven them before him into the arms
-of his amiable commander. It was too late now. Tim was unreasonably
-irritated. An older person might have consoled himself with the
-reflection that it is easy to be wise after the event.
-
-He had intended, when he started from camp, to ride northward along this
-very track; but he wished now that he had remained at the cross-roads,
-even though that might have involved playing nap with Colonel Zegarra,
-or making himself amiable to that gentleman's lady friends. There was
-danger behind him; there might be still graver danger ahead. Other
-parties of the enemy might be coming down; perhaps the junction of the
-tracks was held by them. It was a good defensible position, covering
-any possible attack on the Inca camp by way of the eastern route. If
-there had been any other path home, Tim might have taken it and bolted,
-without any reason to feel that he was a coward. But there was none; he
-was compelled to follow this only track--committed to an attempt to make
-the round.
-
-There was not much reason to fear pursuit. The men whom he had tricked
-at the cave had lost their steeds; the other three would perhaps have to
-ride for many a mile in the wrong direction. Like John Gilpin, they
-could not help it. By the time they had checked the stampeded animals
-and brought them up the hill, a good many miles would separate them from
-the quarry who had baffled them. Tim felt quite easy on that score.
-
-He began to take a little amusement in the chase in which he was, for
-his own part, involuntarily engaged. The riderless horses in front of
-him were not at all happy. They would gallop up the steeper inclines,
-out-distance the strange thudding creature behind them, and when they no
-longer heard its snorts, slow down and begin to take things easy. But
-on the more level portions of the track, and the occasional downward
-gradients, the machine made four or five yards to their one. They had
-no sooner settled down into an amble than the pertinacious pursuer came
-panting at their heels, and taking fresh alarm, they dashed on
-frantically until another rise gave muscle the advantage of mechanism.
-So it went on for eight or ten miles, until the horses must have
-thought--if horses think--that they were doomed to drop at length from
-exhaustion, and fall a prey to the modern centaur.
-
-But Fate, after all, was kind to them. Tim suddenly became aware of that
-unpleasant sensation, abominable to every cyclist, which announces a
-punctured tyre. There was no loud bang, like the report of a monster
-pop-gun, such as sometimes startles pedestrians in the street, and makes
-horses tremble or prance. The air was oozing gradually away; moment by
-moment the rear tyre became softer and slacker; and Tim had to stop at
-once before irreparable damage was done.
-
-Here was a disaster, the more serious because the track was no longer
-flanked by a cliff on one side and a precipice on the other, but ran
-along the crest of an exposed ridge, from which he could see a long way
-before and behind and on either hand. He could see--he might also be
-seen. The track afforded no cover, the country at either side very
-little. If he wheeled the cycle to right or left in search of a
-sheltered nook in which to make his repairs, he would spend much time in
-getting there and back again. The enemy were doubtless now hot in
-pursuit. Missing the tracks of his wheels they would hunt for him, and
-here there was no cave, no waterfall, only a scattered bush or two. They
-would easily find him, and then!...
-
-Tim sprang off the machine in a hurry. His only chance was to mend it on
-the track. He rested it against a rock, shot a glance around, then knelt
-to examine the tyre. Now, as every one knows, it is sometimes not easy
-to locate a puncture. Tim hoped that it would not be a case of
-immersing the tube in water, for that would involve going down to the
-river half a mile away. Luckily the puncture was a fairly large one,
-and easily seen. The outer cover of the tyre was cut through for about
-two inches, and the perforation had extended to the inner tube.
-
-He opened the pouch in which he carried a few small tools and material
-for making temporary repairs. From it he took a phial of rubber
-solution, a strip of canvas, and a "gaiter"--a thickness of rubber
-vulcanised to two or three layers of strong canvas, shaped to the tyre,
-with hooks at the bottom. The first step was to repair the inner tube.
-This he did by smearing the cut with the solution and sticking on a
-rubber patch. Then he fastened the canvas by means of the solution to
-the inside of the outer cover, over the rent, to prevent the inner tube
-from being chafed by the rough edges made by the cut. The last
-operation was to fix the gaiter to the rim by its hooks. All this took
-some time. In tyre mending, as in other things, the more haste the less
-speed. Tim worked with deliberate care, glancing up and down the track
-from time to time. At last, after about half an hour's work, he
-straightened himself, satisfied that the tyre was good for a few hundred
-miles, and much relieved that he had been able to complete the repairs
-without interruption.
-
-It only remained to inflate the tyre. He had just inserted the pump
-when a succession of faint irregular clicks fell on his ear. Turning
-hastily, he looked down the track. He had a good view of it for half a
-mile. At that distance it curved out of sight, but was visible again
-for a short stretch a mile lower down, and still farther in patches.
-The air was very clear; every tree and hillock was sharply defined in
-the sunlight; there was nobody in sight.
-
-But the clicks were growing louder; they seemed to be the sounds of
-iron-shod hoofs upon the rocky ground. He gazed down the track, passing
-from patch to patch over the intervening bluffs and the stretches of
-rough country where it was not visible. The sounds came beyond question
-from his left; still he could see nobody.
-
-Meanwhile he was pumping hard, keeping his head turned in the direction
-of the sounds. All at once he caught sight of six or seven dark specks
-moving towards him along the sunlit track. He guessed that they were
-about a mile away. There was just time to fill his tyre before they
-came up with him.
-
-The pursuers were now hidden by a curve in the track. He pumped on; the
-tyre was almost fully inflated. Suddenly he heard a shout, and saw a
-horseman round the bend half a mile below. He instantly whipped off the
-pump, turned the petrol tap, and had run a yard or two with the machine
-when he remembered that in his haste he had left his pouch on the
-ground. He could not afford to lose that. Backing, he recovered it,
-thrust it into his pocket, and in another twenty seconds was running
-slowly up the hill.
-
-Glancing over his shoulder, he saw five men galloping after him. They
-were no more than a quarter-mile away, shouting, urging their horses to
-their utmost speed, gaining on him. But the crest of the hill was near;
-then the track was level for a while; then had a downward incline. The
-engine worked well; the cycle breasted the slope, gained the flat, and
-sped on at forty miles an hour.
-
-A minute after Tim topped the crest, the horsemen reached the same spot
-on their panting steeds. They yelled with rage and disappointment when
-they saw their quarry bowling along at a speed that a Pegasus might
-envy. One took a shot at him, but Tim, bending over the handle-bar,
-offered a low target, and escaped injury. In two minutes he had turned
-a corner and was out of sight.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIII
-
- A LEAP FOR LIFE
-
-
-When Tim had ridden three or four miles farther, and felt at ease as far
-as the pursuers were concerned, he came upon the three stampeded horses
-again. They were peacefully browsing on some scanty herbage at the
-edge, quite content, no doubt, to be free from their human burdens. At
-the sound of the engine they once more took to flight, and the violent
-play they made with their heels suggested to Tim that they indignantly
-resented the disturbance of their meal.
-
-He was now riding so fast that he could soon have overtaken the animals,
-in spite of the upward gradient. But if he did so, he would either run
-the risk of coming into collision with one of them, or drive them over
-the edge of the track on the left, and down the somewhat steep and
-dangerous slope to the river. It occurred to him that he might do
-better to moderate his pace and keep fairly close on their heels. They
-might prove useful. The cross-track to which he would come presently
-was somewhat looser than that on which he was riding. If the enemy
-happened to be at the cross-roads beyond, the horses and the dust they
-raised might serve him as a temporary screen. So he opened his air
-throttle a little, and closed the petrol throttle to the same extent,
-maintaining a speed that would keep the horses on the run without
-exposing him to the risk of being overtaken.
-
-He soon found that there was a certain disadvantage in following upon
-the heels of the horses. On coming into the cross-track, he was
-enveloped in a cloud of dust, thick enough to prevent his seeing more
-than a few yards ahead. The dust and the bodies of the animals
-completely shut out the view, and he realised that as he neared the fork
-he would be quite unable to tell what awaited him there. He thought it
-advisable to drop a little behind. No doubt the horses would turn to
-the left when they reached the crossroads, and gallop towards the Inca
-camp--the place which for some days past they had associated with
-fodder. If the enemy had not actually passed the fork and marched down
-the eastern track, he might manage to turn into it unperceived under
-cover of the dust-cloud, and soon ride out of danger.
-
-Slackening down until he had doubled his distance from the horses, he
-noticed on his right hand a belt of trees which, if his memory was not
-at fault, extended for nearly a mile along the southern edge of the
-cross-track until it joined the eastern path. With one eye on the
-horses and the other on the trees he watched for the branching of the
-tracks. It came sooner than he expected. Suddenly the horses swerved to
-the left; a few seconds afterwards he turned to the right, and felt the
-machine quicken under him on the downward incline.
-
-At that instant he heard the loud crackle of rifles behind him. Posted
-among the trees just above the fork there was a body of men who,
-watching with astonishment the maddened gallop of three riderless
-horses, caught a faint glimpse of the motor-cycle as it emerged from the
-whirling dust. They fired too hurriedly to hit the mark. At the sound
-of the shots Tim bent double and let the machine go. Riding at the rate
-of thirty miles an hour he knew that the enemy could not catch him on
-horseback on this particular portion of the track. But when he came to
-the foot of the hill, and began to climb a long rise, he glanced round
-and saw a large troop of horsemen dashing down in pursuit. They were a
-long way behind, and unless some accident befell the machine, he was
-sure that he could outpace them with ease.
-
-The track wound frequently. For long stretches he was hidden from the
-pursuers. Looking back now and then he noticed with satisfaction,
-whenever they came in sight, that he was steadily increasing the
-interval between him and them. He might have run away altogether if he
-had driven the machine at full speed; but the track was very rough, and
-he felt that he must watch it carefully if he was to avoid the risk of a
-second puncture, or of collision with some boulder. Downhill he often
-had to check his pace, and so could not take full advantage of the
-descents to give him impetus for the upward gradients of the switchback.
-But as mile after mile was covered he became less and less fearful of
-being caught; and when, at the end of a long, straight stretch, he saw
-that the enemy were at least two miles behind, he was perfectly easy in
-mind, and only wondered why they had not given up the hopeless chase.
-
-His former journeys on this track had made him pretty familiar with the
-landmarks, and as he rode up a long incline, he knew that he would soon
-be in sight of the wooden bridge over the ravine, beyond which the party
-of Japanese were posted. A few miles of switchback, and then he would
-have a downward run home. But on rising slowly over the crest, he was
-staggered to see a troop of some twenty horsemen halted no more than
-half a mile in front of him. The track dipped to within about a hundred
-yards of the spot where they were standing, then bent somewhat sharply
-upwards, and disappeared over the brow rather more than half a mile
-ahead.
-
-Tim instantly realised the desperate position into which he had come
-unawares. His first impulse was to screw on his brakes and dismount, to
-avoid rushing headlong among the enemy. But in a flash he saw that to
-do so would be simply to give himself into their hands, or into the
-hands of the men behind him. There was no escape either on the right or
-the left. The only possible course was to ride on and take his chance.
-Setting his teeth, and crouching almost flat over the handle-bar, he
-opened the throttle, and shot down the hill, sounding his hooter
-violently all the way.
-
-If he had had the leisure to calculate the possible result he could
-scarcely have anticipated the success of his action. The horsemen
-instinctively edged away to the sides of the track, and on to the edge
-of the rough moorland which bounded it on the east. Some had the
-presence of mind to whip out their pistols, but as the cycle raced
-towards them with ever-quickening speed they found themselves in trouble
-with their horses, which began to quiver and sweat and prance at the
-strange sight and the terrifying sounds. Down flew the cycle, Tim
-gripping the handle-bar hard, no longer able to pick his course, but
-keeping the middle of the track, rough or smooth. He was unconscious of
-jerks and jolts; blind to the risk of puncture; in that critical
-half-minute he thought of nothing but the task of steering so as to
-avoid collision with the enemy, a disaster which they on their part were
-no less anxious to escape.
-
-He was upon them, in a whirl of dust raised by the wind of his flight.
-A thrill shot through every fibre as he skimmed danger by a hair's
-breadth. One of the horses was cavorting on his hind legs, and his
-rider, almost as frantic as the animal, turned him into a whirligig by
-hard tugging at the bridle. A few shots were fired by the other
-troopers, but no man could take steady aim from the back of a rearing
-horse, at an object flashing by at forty miles an hour. With a rush and
-a whizz Tim was past.
-
-But his momentary joy at having got through vanished as he felt the
-slackening of speed enforced by the steep incline beyond. On his former
-journey he had dismounted and wheeled the machine. There was a great
-hubbub behind him. The throbbing hum of his engine was smothered by the
-clatter of the horses' hoofs, and the yells of their riders spurring
-them on. Short as the ascent was, its angle was so sharp as to
-neutralise in great measure the impetus he had gained downhill. Moment
-by moment the machine flagged, and, without looking behind, he was
-conscious that the pursuers were gaining. He feared that his engine
-power would not suffice to bring him to the top, upon which he fixed his
-eyes as it were imploringly. How far away it seemed!
-
-He pressed the pace to the uttermost. The machine toiled up and up; the
-uproar behind grew louder. He was beginning to despair. The cycle
-seemed to be crawling. Would the engine hold out? At last, with what
-appeared to be a final heave, it crept over the crest. The downward
-slope had begun, and the cycle dropped down with a rush which carried it
-easily to the top of the farther rise. With a sigh of thankfulness Tim
-knew that he had now increased his lead.
-
-At this point the track began to wind round the face of the cliff on his
-right. A few minutes would bring him within sight of the bridge. But
-there was still one long climb before him, and here, if the pursuers
-could last the pace, they would have the advantage of him. He glanced
-back; they were just rounding the curve, perhaps a quarter-mile distant.
-This was the crisis of the chase. As the cycle laboured up the hill,
-Tim was aware that the gap was rapidly diminishing. When he gained the
-top, he had scarcely fifty yards to spare. But now for three or four
-hundred yards the track was level, and the horsemen yelled with rage as
-they saw their quarry once more slipping from their clutches. They had
-no chance against him on the flat. By the time he reached the point
-where the track dipped to the mile-long descent to the bridge, they had
-lost more than a hundred yards.
-
-The bridge was not yet in sight. The track bent to the left somewhat
-sharply. In ordinary circumstances Tim would now have clapped on the
-brakes, but he was strung up to attempt any feat of daring, and after
-the first hundred yards of the hill he contented himself with closing
-the throttle. He swung perilously round the bend, and looking ahead,
-saw the bridged ravine three-quarters of a mile away. A horseman was
-galloping towards it--doubtless one of his vedettes. But why was he
-dashing so desperately towards the bridge?
-
-Tim lowered his eyes, for he wore no goggles, and the wind created by
-his pace made them smart and tingle. He was halfway down the slope when
-a dull report below him caused him to look up again. Where, a few
-seconds before, the bridge had been, there was now a cloud of smoke.
-His orders had been carried out only too thoroughly: the bridge was
-blown up!
-
-He was thunderstruck. Reckless and impulsive as he was, prone to play
-many a mad prank on his bicycle, he had never attempted such a feat as
-now, in the twinkling of an eye, he saw himself committed to. The ravine
-was more than thirty feet across. He would reach it in half a minute.
-No power on earth could check his descent. He must either plunge into
-the chasm, fifty feet deep, or leap the gap.
-
-How can his sensations be described! Every second his speed was
-quickening. The steepness of the slope induced the feeling that he was
-dropping into space. He was conscious of the strange heaving sensation
-that a person feels on descending in a rapidly-moving lift. His body
-seemed to be flying upward. The air rushed past, scarifying his flesh,
-catching his breath, stunning his ears so that he did not hear the
-report of a dozen rifles across the gap. Down, down, faster than an
-express train, as fast as a racing motor-car, his body rigid, his mind
-working swifter than the electric flash--down to he knew not what.
-
-On either side of the bridge the ground had been cleared. He must avoid
-the ruins of the bridge; he would steer to one side of it. As he
-swooped meteor-like towards the gap the space on his right widened out,
-and the ground made a slight ascent to the brink of the ravine. A touch
-on the handle-bar altered his course a point or two. Barely conscious
-of the rise, breathless and dizzy, he shut his eyes at the fateful
-moment--and the machine shot off the brink of the ravine like a stone
-from a catapult. For a fraction of a second he was in mid air, the
-wheels whirring beneath him. Then there was a tremendous thud as they
-struck the ground 011 the opposite side. The machine raced up the
-incline; the speed slackened; instinctively he applied the brakes; and
-in a few more seconds he fell rather than jumped from the saddle, and
-dropped panting, a mass of quivering nerves, upon the track.
-
-A group of Japanese flocked about him. One gave him water from a mug.
-All were trembling with excitement. When he had collected himself, and
-inquired what had become of the pursuers, he learnt that, as they rode
-headlong down the hill behind him, two of the horses had slipped and
-brought their riders to the ground. The rest had reined up at the
-volley from the Japanese. Apparently none had been hit, but recognising
-that further pursuit was hopeless, they had stood watching the last few
-hundred yards of the cycle's flashing course. The Japanese had been too
-much amazed and alarmed to fire again. Both the parties looked on as at
-a thrilling spectacle. After the cycle had made its leap their amazement
-held them motionless for a while. Then, at a second volley, the enemy
-wheeled round and galloped away.
-
-Tim asked why the bridge had been fired. The vedette explained that,
-descrying the heads of a large number of horsemen over the tops of the
-bushes on the crest of the hill, he had dashed back to give the alarm
-according to orders. The cycle, being lower, had been invisible to him.
-His comrades were so eager to carry out their instructions that even
-when Tim came into view they were too much occupied to see him, and only
-when the match was kindled, and they ran back to a position of safety,
-did they perceive with horror that they had, as they thought, cut off
-their master's chance of escape. Tim waived away their humble
-apologies; they had obeyed orders; and now that the strain of his
-nerve-shattering experiences was relaxed, he could afford to smile. The
-eastern track, at any rate, was impassable to the enemy.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIV
-
- FROM DAN TO BEERSHEBA
-
-
-Colonel Zegarra was holding a levee of his admirers from the town when
-Tim returned to camp.
-
-"Well, my young friend, have you made any interesting discoveries?" he
-asked, from among a group of ladies as Tim passed.
-
-"Several, señor," replied Tim. "Among other things, what it feels like
-to fly through the air on wheels."
-
-"Very interesting," said the gentleman in amiable ignorance. "I was not
-aware that your machine could fly. How marvellous is the progress of
-invention!" he added, turning to the ladies.
-
-"Wonderful!" they cried, clapping their hands.
-
-"Will you show us how you do it, Señor Tim?" said the colonel's
-daughter.
-
-"I regret, señorita, that it is impossible here," said Tim, laying his
-hand on his heart in the local way. "It requires a hill a mile long; a
-number of the Prefect's men pelting down after you, and bellowing like
-bulls; a ravine thirty feet wide spanned by a bridge; and some good
-obedient fellows who will blow up the bridge at the critical moment.
-These conditions do not exist every day, señorita."
-
-The girl looked puzzled. Then a light dawned.
-
-"Is it a joke, Señor Tim?" she asked with a smile. She knew something
-of Tim's jokes in carnival time.
-
-"A joke that won't bear repetition, señorita," he replied, and then
-bowed himself away.
-
-The eastern track being now impassable, he thought it sufficient to
-leave a few men at the broken bridge to guard against any attempt to
-repair it. The rest he withdrew to the camp. One of the vedettes on
-the western track having been surprised and killed, he decided as a
-precaution for the future to place the men in couples. He did not
-enlighten Colonel Zegarra, when the visitors had gone, as to his flight
-through the air, but simply informed him that the bridge had been blown
-up to check a troop of the Prefect's horsemen.
-
-Before he retired for the night he thoroughly examined the cycle, and
-found that the tyres, though showing signs of wear, were as yet sound.
-He gave it to one of the Japanese to clean, and then sought his couch,
-worn out by the racking experiences of the day.
-
-Next morning word was brought that the enemy were advancing in force
-along the western track. Colonel Zegarra was not lacking in courage,
-and the plan of action to be followed in the event of attack had been
-settled in several conversations between himself and Tim. The ground on
-both sides of the track for half a mile from the cross-roads was fairly
-open, affording a clear field for fire. Though the enemy outnumbered
-the Mollendists, the latter had the advantage of being the defenders.
-Their position, protected by earthworks and the fringe of wood, was so
-strong that an attempt to force it ought not to succeed. To harass the
-enemy in flank, Tim had arranged to post himself with a small detachment
-in a dense copse on the left of the track about a mile in front of the
-camp. With luck he might not be discovered; if he was attacked, the
-closeness of the trees would enable him to make a good defence. He
-chose thirty of his own Japanese for this duty, knowing their good
-fighting qualities and their absolute personal loyalty to him.
-
-They had been stationed in the copse for some hours before the head of
-the enemy's column appeared. The men were on foot. Tim had intended to
-worry them as they advanced, but it now occurred to him that he would do
-better to hold his hand until the attack developed. If Colonel Zegarra
-should be in difficulties, a sudden assault on the enemy from the rear
-might turn the scale.
-
-The enemy opened out as they approached the cross-roads, intending to
-surround the camp. They made a concerted rush, but in the lack of
-artillery they were seriously handicapped, and after several attempts
-had failed, they fell back to cover. Some retreated in the direction of
-the copse. Tim saw his opportunity. Bidding his men wait until they
-were within a few hundred yards, he then gave the order to fire. In the
-shock of surprise the enemy fell into disorder, and fled in all
-directions. Their confusion was communicated to the whole force, and
-soon the discomfited rabble were in full retreat, suffering severely as
-they crossed the line of fire from the camp.
-
-Colonel Zegarra rose to the occasion. Ordering his men to mount, he led
-them in pursuit. The retreat became a rout. Ridden down by the
-horsemen, cut up by the steady firing of Tim's men in the copse, the
-enemy were a disorganised mob before they reached their horses, which
-they had left about two miles down the track. Some succeeded in
-mounting, and galloped away. Others were headed off, and were made
-prisoners. Within an hour of the first attack the Prefect's eastern
-force was shattered, and no longer existed as a fighting unit.
-
-There was great jubilation among the Mollendists. On returning to camp
-Colonel Zegarra at once penned a flowery despatch to Mr. O'Hagan
-announcing his victory. The courier had not been gone long when Romaña
-rode up in haste, bearing a verbal message from the commander-in-chief.
-After long delay the Prefect was making a determined effort to force the
-defile, and Mr. O'Hagan asked for a reinforcement of fifty men, if they
-could be spared. It was arranged that Tim should start at once with
-fifty horsemen. It seemed unlikely that the troops just defeated would
-rally, but for assurance' sake he persuaded Romaña to remain at the
-cross-roads, to advise Colonel Zegarra if the enemy should attempt any
-movement which must be met rather by craft than by courage.
-
-Tim rode ahead of his troop on the motorcycle. When about a third of
-the way to the defile, he suddenly discovered on his left a considerable
-number of men on foot descending from the hills towards the highroad.
-Their intention clearly was either to take the main Mollendist army in
-the rear, or to make a swoop on the cross-roads and then to San Rosario.
-Tim guessed that his father was unaware of this complication. The men
-must have been for at least two days on the march, for the hills were
-generally regarded as impracticable.
-
-Tim halted for a few moments to make a rapid calculation. His father
-and Colonel Zegarra must be warned. If he rode on, the enemy, though at
-present a long distance away, would be on the road between him and
-Colonel Zegarra by the time he returned. On the other hand he might ride
-to the colonel and back before they reached the road, in which case he
-would still have a chance of slipping by.
-
-He remounted and dashed back at full speed, ordering his horsemen when
-he met them to halt and be on the alert. Colonel Zegarra agreed to move
-out with all his troops, and if he found the enemy on the road, marching
-towards the defile, to hang on their rear. Then Tim set off again. He
-commanded his horsemen to await Colonel Zegarra; it seemed more
-important for the moment that the colonel should have his full number
-than that the party should press on to reinforce Mr. O'Hagan.
-
-The head of the flanking column was only half a mile from the road when
-Tim dashed by. To some extent screened by trees and bushes, he became
-the target for the enemy's fire as he passed patches of open country.
-But he escaped unhurt, thanks to his speed and to the windings of the
-road, which caused his direction to alter frequently, and baffled the
-riflemen's aim. In a few minutes he was out of range, in a few more out
-of sight.
-
-On approaching the defile, Tim heard sounds of heavy firing. The
-Prefect's attack was evidently being hotly pressed. He found the
-Mollendist force some distance farther east than he had expected. They
-occupied the rocks on either side of the road, and were firing along the
-defile. Just as Tim arrived he heard the distant roar of a gun, and a
-shell crashed high up among the rocks at his right hand. He slipped off
-his bicycle, and hurried to find his father.
-
-Mr. O'Hagan greeted the boy with especial warmth.
-
-"Pardo gave me a terrible scare when he told me he had got you," he
-said. "What happened?"
-
-Tim related how he had been dealt with at the house.
-
-"He had the cheek to come to you, then," he said. "Why didn't he go to
-the Prefect?"
-
-"I suspect he did. He wanted to make sure of his price."
-
-"The wretch said my price had gone up. What did he ask?"
-
-"The hacienda!"
-
-Tim whistled.
-
-"You kicked him out, I hope?" he said indignantly.
-
-"Well, Tim, you see Colonel Zegarra's despatch with your postscript came
-just in time, or---- But that's all over. How are things going?"
-
-"We have fairly smashed the lot from the Inca camp. They attacked this
-morning. Romaña brought your message, and I was hurrying up with fifty
-men when I saw a detachment of the enemy, about two hundred strong, I
-think, marching over the hills towards the road, so I rode back and
-asked Zegarra to bring up all his men and then came on ahead to tell
-you."
-
-"That's very bad news," said Mr. O'Hagan, somewhat perturbed. "I've as
-much as I can do to hold my own here. As you see, they've brought a
-couple of guns to bear on us."
-
-"Where are they?"
-
-"Up in the hills yonder. How they were dragged there I can't imagine.
-They're at least a thousand feet up. The Prefect has more energy and
-resource than I expected. When the guns opened fire this morning we had
-to abandon the head of the defile. We're pretty safe here for the
-moment, and can check any attempt to force the passage; but I dare say
-the Prefect will find another position for the guns where they can
-command us, and then we shall have to fall back again. With two hundred
-men threatening our rear----"
-
-"Couldn't you spare some men to deal with them?"
-
-"That's a capital idea, Tim. It will take a long time to move the guns
-to a new position. We'll try it. I'll take a hundred and fifty men
-myself. You had better stay here; you've done your share."
-
-"I'd rather come with you," said Tim.
-
-"I dare say, but you had better go and report to the President what you
-have been doing. He's rather down in the mouth, and your victory at the
-cross-roads will cheer him."
-
-Mr. O'Hagan soon set off with his men, all mounted. When he returned a
-few hours later, he was flushed with success. The Prefect's hill column
-found itself in the position in which it had hoped to catch the
-Mollendists--bottled up between two forces, which equalled or exceeded
-it in number, and were much fresher. Instead of attacking, the enemy
-were attacked. Fatigued after their long and difficult march, they were
-in no condition to make a prolonged resistance, and fell back before Mr.
-O'Hagan's impetuous onset. They were seeking a strong position when
-Colonel Zegarra dashed suddenly upon their rear. Hopelessly entrapped,
-they lost heart. Some flung down their arms and surrendered, others
-dispersed and sought safety in the hills.
-
-With Mr. O'Hagan returned Colonel Zegarra and the greater part of his
-force, a small detachment being sent back to keep an eye on the road to
-San Rosario. President Mollendo, whose volatile spirits had already
-been exalted by Tim's report of the morning's success, was carried away
-by delight at the Prefect's second discomfiture on the same day. He
-insisted on promoting Tim captain on the spot, and made an oration to
-the troops which moved many of them to tears, and confirmed their belief
-that they had in Carlos Mollendo a statesman of the highest rank.
-
-While this orgy of sentiment was in progress, Mr. O'Hagan was discussing
-matters with Tim quietly in the background.
-
-"That's all very well," he said, jerking his head towards the spot where
-Mollendo was perorating, "but it doesn't prevent the Prefect from
-hauling his guns. I quite expect that to-morrow he will begin to shift
-them in this direction, and when they begin to play we can't hold the
-defile another half-hour."
-
-"What then, Father?" asked Tim.
-
-"Why, then we shall be compelled to fall back on San Rosario. The
-Prefect has three men to our one; and the moment the tide seems to be
-turning in his favour a lot of ours are sure to desert. It's the way of
-things here. But for the guns we could hold him off for months, so long
-as Galdos keeps up the supplies--though I'm afraid of ammunition running
-short. The two checks the Prefect has had to-day are decided set-backs,
-but we are not much better off unless we can take the heart out of him.
-If we could only capture his guns, now!"
-
-"Why not?"
-
-"Well, if you can suggest a way, do so. But don't reckon without your
-host. They're at least a thousand feet up, somewhere on that ridge.
-The War Office of this republic being unable to supply field-glasses, I
-haven't located them exactly. To climb the hill in face of the enemy
-would be a pretty tough job in itself, and the guns are pretty sure to
-be well guarded."
-
-"I'll try it to-night," said Tim, "with a few of our Japs. Some of them
-were in the war with Russia, and it won't be the first time they've had
-such night-work."
-
-"I don't want to disappoint you," said Mr. O'Hagan, pulling at his
-moustache, "but it's too risky--indeed it is. What would your poor
-mother say?"
-
-Tim was so well accustomed to this appeal _ad matrem_ that it had quite
-lost its effect.
-
-"She'd jib to begin with, to be sure," he said, "but she'd give in in
-the end; she always does when it's not an absolute question of right or
-wrong. You'd better say yes, Father."
-
-It was on the tip of his tongue to relate the adventures of the previous
-day, but he reflected that the story might have quite the opposite
-effect from what he intended. Mr. O'Hagan's last instructions to him had
-been not to go adventuring, and though he felt that he could hardly be
-blamed for adventures which had hurled themselves at him unsought, it
-was probable that his father would not recognise any reasoning of that
-kind. So he confined his arguments strictly to the matter in hand. Mr.
-O'Hagan's opposition was really half-hearted. He had come to have great
-faith in Tim's resourcefulness and luck. Ultimately he agreed to let the
-boy do what he had suggested; the success of his scheme might prove to
-be the turning-point of the struggle.
-
-Helped by a half-moon, Tim set off about midnight with a dozen of the
-Japanese who had served in the army, including three gunners. As
-weapons they carried only revolvers and knives, with a good supply of
-cartridges. One of them had a dark lantern for signalling the result of
-the expedition to Mr. O'Hagan. Slipping down the road for some distance
-in the direction of San Rosario, they turned to the right, and roped
-themselves together for the climb into the hills.
-
-It was the hardest job that Tim had ever undertaken. He had no compass,
-and could only direct his course by the position of the moon. Its light
-was not sufficient to enable him to choose the easiest way. There was
-no path. At the head of the line he clambered up wherever he could find
-foothold, sometimes, indeed, crawling on all-fours up slippery slopes,
-scrambling over or between boulders, now and then brought up by a sheer
-wall of rock impossible to scale. The party had often to rest and
-recover breath, and the ascent was so arduous and slow that he was a
-little uneasy lest the dawn should surprise them before they gained the
-summit. To make matters worse the moon was dropping, and its incessant
-change of position rendered it a far from trustworthy guide.
-
-At last, after three hours of fatiguing work, they reached the crest of
-the ridge, where they caught sight of the lights in the Prefect's camp
-below them far away to the west. Tim guessed that the guns were placed
-somewhere along the ridge. He stole along quietly, stopping now and
-again to listen for signs of the men in charge. Presently he came to a
-formidable buttress of rock projecting over the valley and rising many
-feet above the general level. It appeared to be the highest point in
-this part of the country, and if the top was flat, was the most likely
-place to have been chosen for the gun platform. Whispering to his men
-to move as quietly as possible, he led them along a narrow ledge on the
-face of the cliff below the buttress, edging into the wall on his left
-hand so as to avoid a fatal fall into the depths.
-
-At the farther end of the ledge he halted. It was now almost dark; the
-moon had descended below the hills on the opposite side of the road.
-But by aid of the last lingering sheen he detected signs of recent
-pick-work on the ground, just beyond the spot where he stood. Evidently
-a squad of labourers had been employed to clear a passage for the guns.
-There was no sound. Casting off the rope, Tim stole forward alone, and
-soon discovered a rough path leading in the reverse direction towards
-the rear of the buttress.
-
-His heart pumping with excitement, he returned to the men, and whispered
-his final instructions. There was to be no firing unless they had to
-defend themselves against overpowering numbers. Then he led them on
-noiselessly up the path. It ended sooner than he expected. He came
-suddenly to a level space of some extent, on which he saw two guns,
-pointing over the valley. Stretched on the ground behind them were ten
-men. They were asleep. Secure in their supposed inaccessibility, they
-had posted no guard.
-
-Tim paused a moment, then ordered his men to steal round until they
-completely encompassed the sleeping crew. At a low whistle from him
-they sprang forward; there was a brief and almost silent struggle; and
-the enemy, only half awake, found themselves prisoners. Not a shot was
-fired; scarcely a wound was given.
-
-Hurrying to the edge of the buttress with the lamp, Tim flashed it three
-times into the darkness. He knew that his father at the end of the
-defile, more than a mile away, would be anxiously watching. Then he
-returned to the guns. By the light of the lamp, carefully screened from
-the enemy's camp, the Japanese loaded the guns and swung them round
-until they pointed to the west. When he started, Tim had expected that,
-if he succeeded at all, he would only be able to spike the guns and then
-run for it. But having captured the small party of gunners, he saw no
-reason why he should not turn his success to account. It was now nearly
-four o'clock. Dawn would break very soon. And he thrilled with delight
-in the anticipated surprise in store for the Prefect.
-
-The men waited impatiently. On this hill-top they would have earlier
-light than the troops below. By the time that the first rosy gleam
-stole out of the east the gunners were at their posts. This was work
-after their own hearts. The guns were not the perfect machines to which
-they were accustomed, and they laid them with especial care. The
-shadows upon the camp at the head of the defile dissolved. As soon as
-there was light enough, the two gunners fired almost at the same
-instant, shattering the still morning. A thousand echoes reverberated
-across the valley, and rolled diminuendo from crag to crag. Before they
-died away Tim caught the faint sound of cheers from his father's camp.
-
-The two shells had plunged into the centre of the enemy's position,
-causing a wild rush for shelter. The Prefect's first feeling was
-consternation. There was no artillery in San Rosario; whence had the
-enemy obtained the guns? Why had not his own gunners replied? As he
-looked up towards the platform on which they were posted he saw two
-swift flashes, and two more shells whistled overhead and crashed on the
-rocks just above him. His question was answered; the Mollendists, the
-despised brigands, had captured his guns and turned them upon him. In
-that bitter moment he wished, perhaps, that he had lent a less ready ear
-to the suggestions of Miguel Pardo. All the enterprise and daring which
-his enemy had recently shown was inspired, not by Carlos Mollendo, but
-by the foreigners, and they, but for Pardo, might have been with him, or
-at least not against him.
-
-It was soon apparent that matters were serious. Shells were dropping
-into the defile as fast as the gunners could load. Already they had
-done much damage, and panic was spreading through the ranks. The men
-were seeking cover; some were already running to the rear, where the
-horses were tethered; none had any spirit for fight. While this disorder
-reigned, there was a sudden cry that the brigands were charging up the
-defile. The Prefect's troops vastly outnumbered Mr. O'Hagan's, but he
-had no advantage of them now. They had no faith in their cause, no
-enthusiasm for their leader. Disheartened by previous failure,
-demoralised by the bombardment of their own guns, they were deaf to the
-Prefect's passionate entreaties to stand firm. They answered him with
-oaths and curses. Nor was the Prefect of the stuff of heroes. He was
-not the man to gather about him a few choice spirits and steadfastly
-defend the pass. Surrounded, almost swept away by the yelling mob of
-his terror-stricken army, he elbowed his way through them, to gain the
-tree to which his horse was tied. He had better have allowed himself to
-be borne away on foot among his men. Mounted, he presented a
-conspicuous object to the head of the eager little force charging up the
-road. A dozen rifles were levelled at him; a dozen bullets sang through
-the air; and when the Prefect's body was lifted after the defile was
-cleared, it was found riddled.
-
-The attack having been made on foot, no effective pursuit could be
-maintained. So precipitate, indeed, was the flight of the cowed troops,
-that only the laggards of the rear were in much danger, Mr. O'Hagan's
-victory was almost bloodless. The fugitives poured into San Juan; the
-wildest reports found easy credence there. It became known by and by
-that the Prefect was killed, a piece of news at which more than his
-enemies rejoiced. The magnates of the town were hurriedly called
-together; they agreed to accept the new republic; and when, in the
-course of the afternoon, Señor Mollendo and Mr. O'Hagan rode in at the
-head of their troops, they were received with acclamations by the
-populace, and with a flowery address by the officials. The wheel of
-fortune had lifted the outlaw to the headship of the State.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXV
-
- THE RAVINE
-
-
-Much to his disappointment, Tim was not a spectator of President
-Mollendo's triumphal entrance into his capital. He did not hear the
-eloquent oration delivered from the steps of the court house, nor was he
-present at the banquet at which the President fell on Mr. O'Hagan's
-neck, and kissed him amid the frantic plaudits of the company. When Tim
-saw the troops charging up the defile, he set off to join them, leaving
-the Japanese in charge of the guns. At some risk to his neck he
-scrambled down the face of the hill, and came up with the little army in
-time to take a share in the final scenes. When the victory was assured,
-Mr. O'Hagan sent him with Romaña and a hundred men back to San Rosario,
-to report the defeat and death of the Prefect, and keep order in the
-town.
-
-San Rosario had quietly accepted the new régime. The few well-to-do
-people, who had suffered from the Prefect's levies, hoped that the
-system of benevolences was buried, and were prepared to give the new
-President a chance; the poorer folk cared little who their ruler was, or
-what the nature of the government, provided they were able to earn their
-living in peace. Señor Fagasta was perhaps the only unhappy man in the
-town.
-
-Finding that everything was peaceful and orderly in the town, Tim
-thought he might venture to visit the hacienda, arrange for the
-necessary repairs to be made to the house against his father's return,
-and reopen work on the plantations, which would soon become a wilderness
-through neglect. Accordingly, on the second evening after his arrival in
-San Rosario, he rode over on his motor-cycle, accompanied by Romaña on
-horseback. Biddy Flanagan was still alone in possession of the house.
-She welcomed Tim heartily, but was less cordial to Romaña: he was one of
-"them foreigners." Her joy at the approaching return of "the master"
-was dulled by distress at the bareness of the rooms. The establishment
-of a republic was to her an insignificant event beside the loss of the
-best "chainey," and military glory did not compensate the theft of the
-silver spoons. And when, early next morning, she carried breakfast into
-the dining-room, she mournfully drew attention to the fact that she had
-had to make the coffee in a delf jug.
-
-"'Tis because the silver coffee-pot be took, Master Tim," she said.
-"And there's no silver spoons for the eggs, and what will I say to the
-mistress when she comes home!"
-
-"We can get some more, Biddy," said Tim. "And really, I always think
-that coffee tastes better out of a jug."
-
-"'Deed now, that's true, but 'tis not for the likes of me to say so at
-all. If there was no difference between the kitchen and the dining-room
-of a gentleman's house, what would the country be after coming to? Sure
-I hope the villain is killed, and will not be the way of troubling us
-again."
-
-"I wonder what became of Pardo?" said Tim to Romaña when the old woman
-was gone.
-
-"You may be sure he is not killed," said Romaña. "Pardo is not the man
-to risk his skin in the fighting line."
-
-"No, it may give him lumbago," rejoined Tim with a laugh. "I suppose he
-has gone off with his loot. A good riddance! After breakfast you might
-look round the house and see what repairs are needed, while I go over to
-the huts and tell the Jap women that their husbands are on the way home.
-It's a blessing none of the married men were killed except the one
-Pierola shot."
-
-Some twenty minutes later Tim set off on foot for the labourers' huts
-half a mile across the plantation. He followed a path that intersected
-a field of sugar-cane, which grew so high that he was completely
-concealed. Presently it crossed a broad stretch of grass land separating
-the sugar from the coffee, and here Tim was surprised to see recent
-hoof-marks. None of his father's horses remained on the hacienda, and
-he wondered who could have ridden in this direction. If the tracks
-pointed towards the house he might have supposed that Felipe Durand had
-come over to see him; but they all led away from it, as though the rider
-had come either from the stables, or from the meadow behind the house.
-
-Curiosity piqued him to follow up the marks. He took no pains to walk
-quietly, but his footfall was silent on the grass. The tracks led
-towards the road that ran past Durand's house and ultimately to the Inca
-ruins. After about a hundred yards the path bent to the right. On
-arriving at the bend Tim started back. A little ahead a horse was
-grazing. A bundle was slung from its crupper. Just beyond, there was a
-disused well, and here Tim saw a man, whose back was towards him,
-turning the windlass. He stood partially concealed among the plants to
-watch. Presently a second bundle appeared over the edge of the well.
-The man untied it from the rope and turned with it in his arms towards
-the horse. Tim had already suspected his identity, and he now saw
-without surprise that it was Miguel Pardo.
-
-Acting on impulse, he dashed forward, hoping to reach the thief before
-he could mount. But Pardo caught sight of him, vaulted into the saddle,
-and galloped towards the road. It was hopeless to pursue him on foot.
-Tim had his revolver, but he was not one to use it in cold blood.
-Instantly he thought of the cycle, which was in its shed at the back of
-the house. He sprinted back, started the engine, and in a few minutes
-was dashing in chase.
-
-He knew that Pardo, in spite of his start, must soon be overtaken, and
-he had little doubt of the direction of his flight. Neither San Juan
-nor San Rosario would be safe for him; he would almost certainly choose
-the track to the Inca ruins; trusting in course of time to be able to
-make his way round over the hills, and seek refuge in another province
-where he was unknown.
-
-Tim flew along to the track, wheeled into it, and looked ahead. Pardo
-was not in sight. Suddenly he remembered the broken bridge. It would
-certainly not have been repaired. Tim wondered whether Pardo had heard
-of its destruction. In that case he would not have come this way, but
-would have chosen the western track. If he was in ignorance of what had
-happened, he would be checked perforce at the ravine, and the chase
-would soon be over. Even supposing he had followed the other track, Tim
-thought that the speed of his cycle would allow him to ride to the
-bridge, make sure, return to the cross-roads, and still overtake the
-fugitive, who would no doubt slacken his pace when he supposed himself
-to be unpursued.
-
-As Tim passed Durand's house, Felipe came down the path. Tim afterwards
-discovered that he had seen the horseman dashing by, and wondered who
-could be so foolish as to ride along a track which within a few miles
-was impassable.
-
-"Pardo!" shouted Tim as he flashed past, and Durand ran for his horse to
-follow the chase.
-
-A mile beyond the house Tim caught sight of his quarry. In another
-minute or two he must turn at bay. No doubt he was armed, and Tim for
-the first time realised that he might presently be involved in rather a
-desperate struggle. While the horse was galloping, Pardo, encumbered as
-he was with his bundle, would be unable to take steady aim. But as soon
-as he came within sight of the bridgeless ravine, he would spring from
-his saddle and fire. Tim had set off in pursuit with the simple idea of
-capturing Pardo, and handing him over to the civic authorities for trial
-and punishment as a thief; but he saw now that he was not likely to
-succeed without a fight.
-
-The distance between horseman and cyclist rapidly diminished. The long
-hill beyond the ravine came in sight, but the ruins of the bridge were
-as yet hidden by the short acclivity beyond which the track dipped.
-Pardo was just reaching the top of this ascent as Tim arrived at the
-bottom. There were only fifty yards between them. Before Tim was
-prepared for the movement Pardo suddenly made a half-turn in the saddle
-and fired. The shot flew wide, and Tim, edging in on the near side of
-the track, so that Pardo could only use his revolver again if he turned
-completely round, or twisted to the left and fired over his shoulder,
-rode relentlessly on up the ascent. In a few seconds he expected the
-final tussle.
-
-On gaining the brow of the hill Pardo checked, drew his restive horse
-across the road, and pointing his revolver steadily, fired. Tim had
-guessed his intention, and his own shot rang out almost simultaneously.
-Pardo, not allowing for his altitude, fired too high: Tim's aim was
-spoilt by his bobbing movement on the machine, and his shot wounded the
-horse instead of the man. Before either could fire again, the situation
-was changed with a suddenness that for a moment took him aback. The
-horse, already alarmed by the clatter of the engine and the sound of the
-shots, was rendered frantic by its wound. Springing round on its hind
-legs, it took the bit between its teeth and bolted down the slope
-towards the ravine.
-
-When Tim gained the top, he realised with horror the desperate peril of
-his enemy, and instantly forced down his brakes and stopped the machine,
-in the hope that with the cessation of the noise the animal's terror
-would lessen in time for its career to be checked. Pardo, a moment
-after the descent had begun, saw the hideous gap in front of him, and
-made a desperate effort to rein up. But it was too late. The maddened
-horse galloped on blindly, came to the edge of the chasm, and
-instinctively made a frantic leap for the opposite bank. It jumped
-short by several feet. Then, with a scream that rang in Tim's ears for
-many a day, horse and rider plunged to the bottom.
-
-Tim had already leapt off his machine. He ran forward and at no small
-risk clambered down the steep side of the ravine. Both horse and
-horseman were dead, amid a litter of broken pottery and scattered plate,
-which had burst from the bundles. Tim shrank from touching any of the
-stolen property. White to the lips, he climbed up to the track, and
-staggered into the arms of Durand, who had followed on horseback.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVI
-
- HANDSOME ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
-
-
-One evening, a few weeks after the close of the brief campaign, the
-town-hall of San Juan presented a picturesque and even brilliant
-spectacle. All the important people, and a good many of the
-unimportant, of the capital and of San Rosario were assembled in
-response to the President's invitation, to celebrate the foundation of
-the Republic. Two long tables ran the length of the hall; at the top a
-cross table was ranged beneath a shield bearing the Mollendo arms. The
-President occupied the centre seat. On his right hand sat General
-O'Hagan, on his left a young captain of the same name. Next in order to
-these were the principal actors in this little drama: Colonel Zegarra,
-his friend the lawyer, Dr. Pereira, Nicolas Romaña, Pedro Galdos, the
-Durands, father and son--for Señor Durand, having contributed to the
-Mollendist war-fund, had apparently determined to get something for his
-money.
-
-Two personages whom one would hardly have expected to see there were
-Señor Fagasta and Captain Pierola. Señor Mollendo had been informed by
-Tim of the warning given by the gobernador, which had resulted in the
-discomfiture of Pardo's night attack on the house. The President argued
-from this that Señor Fagasta had his good points; and being anxious to
-conciliate the officials under the old régime he reinstated the burly
-gentleman in his former office. For the same reason he offered to
-Captain Pierola, now recovered of his wound, the command of the
-republican forces, which Mr. O'Hagan, deaf to all entreaties, had
-relinquished.
-
-In a balcony at the opposite end of the hall sat a bevy of ladies, to
-watch the feasting in which they, angelically, were not to partake, and
-to hear the speeches that would follow. Mrs. O'Hagan sat in the centre
-beside Señora Mollendo. The younger ladies, dressed with all the grace
-and charm of which the Peruvian belle is mistress, were impatient for
-the end of the tiresome preliminaries: the banquet in which they could
-not share, the speeches which some of them had already heard rehearsed,
-had less attractions for them than the dance which was to round off the
-proceedings.
-
-The table decorations were unusual. The vases were filled with leaves,
-blossoms, and berries of the nasturtium, of which homely plant every
-guest had a flower in his button-hole.
-
-The courses were handed round; the glasses of wine and pisco were filled
-and emptied and filled again; and then the President rose. A smile
-beamed upon his benevolent features as he surveyed the cheering company.
-A broad band of orange satin formed a graceful loop over his white
-waistcoat, and a large diamond in his shirt-front flashed as it caught
-the rays of the innumerable candles. He was a dignified and impressive
-figure.
-
-When the cheers had subsided, he began to speak. After a few
-introductory sentences, he launched into a summary of the events which
-had led up to this culminating scene. He described the birth of the
-Republic, enunciated with great eloquence the principles which would
-govern his administration, and then, turning to personal matters,
-announced the honours and dignities which he had conferred on certain of
-the gentlemen whom he saw on either side. He made graceful references
-to the legal attainments of Señor Fagasta, to the military abilities of
-Captain Pierola, to the loyal services of Señores Pedro Galdos and
-Nicolas Romaña, whom he had appointed respectively treasurer and
-secretary of the Republic. Then, after an expressive pause, he
-proceeded:
-
-"Gentlemen, on this great and auspicious occasion I have a duty to
-perform---a duty of which I acquit myself with all the ardour of an
-overflowing heart. There are epochs in the life of nations when the
-firmament is obscured by dark aggregations of cloud, which exclude the
-radiance of heaven's bright luminaries, and among which the thunder
-rumbles with awful and portentous reverberation. At such a period of
-distress and gloom, when Rome, the heart and centre of the ancient
-world, saw herself threatened by pestilent hosts of waspish barbarians,
-the eyes of men turned in their trouble towards a simple farmer, who
-pursued the avocations of bucolic life in his rural retreat, amid sounds
-no more horrific than the lowing of his cattle and the guttural
-ejaculations of his swine. To him repaired a deputation of his
-despairing countrymen, who found him cleaving the stubborn soil with his
-labouring plough, and besought him to quit those haunts of industry and
-peace, and, exchanging the gleaming ploughshare for the well-tempered
-sword, the smock of Ceres for the shining corslet of Mars, to return
-with them and save the State.
-
-"You know, gentlemen, the sequel of that momentous domiciliary visit.
-You know how Cincinnatus marshalled his hosts, led them against the
-enveloping invaders, and having smitten Volscians and Æquians with
-irresistible might, laid aside the implements of war, and withdrew to
-replace the yoke upon his toiling oxen, and ruminate in rustic
-simplicity upon the vicissitudes of mortal things.
-
-"Gentlemen, we too have our Cincinnatus. We have in our midst a
-gentleman who, driven from his peaceful fields by the shameless greed of
-tyranny, threw in his lot with the despairing victims of a rapacious
-despot: who, having laid down the sword which he had wielded with
-conspicuous dexterity in his youth against the enemies of his adopted
-country, girded it on in his maturer years at the call of an oppressed
-and suffering community. Gentlemen, it is to him we owe the inception
-of the reign of peace and prosperity in this elevated region. I bid you
-raise your glasses and drain them to the health of our illustrious
-friend and liberator, our Cincinnatus, Señor General O'Hagan."
-
-The President's speech was hailed with a chorus of vivas as the company
-sprang to their feet to honour the toast. Handkerchiefs fluttered in
-the ladies' gallery. Tim, catching Durand's eye, winked, and his friend
-responded with a look which meant "Look out! The old buffer hasn't done
-yet." Tim wondered what his father would say in answer to this
-effusion. He found that the President, instead of resuming his seat
-when the cheers had died away, remained standing, took a sip from his
-glass, and went on:
-
-"History does not record whether Cincinnatus was a married man, but,
-indulging our imaginations, we may suppose that he had a wife and
-family. We may see with our mind's eye the homely Roman matron, leaving
-the meal-tub when her husband broke to her the fateful news, and wiping
-the flour from her industrious hands that she might gird him with the
-sword, and furbish his shield, and arrange the folds of his toga in
-comely dignity. We may picture his sons and daughters gazing with
-admiration not unmixed with awe at their heroic father, watching him as
-he bestrode his fields with the proud senators who had brought the
-people's summons, gazing with longing eyes day after day into the misty
-distance, wondering with anxious fears how their beloved progenitor was
-faring in the stress and heat of strife. We can imagine their pride and
-gladness when he returned, crowned with the laurel wreath of victory,
-and, so far as history relates, without a wound. We can see them
-gathered about his knee, on the winter nights when the pine-logs
-crackle, and the wolf's long howl undulates across the marshes, and hang
-upon his lips as he relates the story of great doings on the stricken
-field.
-
-"These, I say, are the pictures which imagination paints for us; but we
-need no aid from imagination to behold the domestic life of our own
-Cincinnatus. _Integer vitae, sceleris purus_, as the great Roman sang,
-he has lived among us, in a home graced by the presence of a beauteous
-spouse, and brightened by the lively merits of a gallant youth. Such
-praise and gratitude as we owe to the father we owe also in no small
-measure to the son, who sits beside me in all the glow of healthy
-juvenility, blushing with ingenuous pride in the achievements of his
-noble sire. What need to recount, gentlemen, the exploits of this
-youthful warrior! Modestly as he himself has veiled them, the admiration
-of his devoted men could not be silenced, and they proclaim his prowess
-with unbated enthusiasm. Picture the scene, gentlemen, when, pursued
-for long miles by the mounted warriors of the tyrant, our dauntless
-friend sped on unfaltering on his matchless steed, and was not abashed
-when he beheld the yawning gulf unbridged before him. For him Fate had
-not ordained the sacrificial leap of Marcus Curtius; the safety of the
-State did not demand his death. Flashing like a meteor to the very brink
-of the abyss, he defied the laws of Nature, and soared through the
-startled air with the swift legerity of a mountain bird. Thus
-wonderfully preserved from peril behind and before, he played a manful
-part in the final scenes of this glorious revolution, and, in the words
-of the august orator of Rome, _de republica bene est meritus_. I bid
-you raise your glasses, and drain them to the health of Señor Capitan
-O'Hagan."
-
-The toast was hailed with thunderous applause. Tim sat with downcast
-eyes, wishing that the floor would open and swallow him. "I hope to
-goodness the old josser is done now!" he thought. But the President
-waited with a benignant smile until silence was restored, then went on:
-
-"It is known to you, gentlemen, that the Señor Capitan is the first
-recipient of the Order of the Nasturtium, which I have founded in
-celebration of the new era upon which we have entered. Since it becomes
-us to invoke the gracious countenance of feminine loveliness upon the
-order, I have inscribed at the head of the roll the name of the Señora
-O'Hagan."
-
-Here he bowed very gallantly towards the balcony, and Tim, glancing up,
-saw his mother incline her head, and raise her handkerchief to her
-mouth, as if to hide a smile.
-
-"It is known to you also, gentlemen," the President continued, "that in
-deference to the unanimous wish of the citizens, I have consented that a
-statue of myself shall be erected in the plaza of this town, not in any
-spirit of vainglory, but as a permanent witness of the triumph of the
-principles which I profess. But I deemed it unfitting that the sister
-town of San Rosario should be without a similar memorial, and I have
-therefore taken upon myself to order, from Paris, the home of art, two
-other statues, to stand in the plaza of our neighbour. The one will
-represent the Señor General as Cincinnatus, garbed in the toga of
-ancient Rome, with a sword crossed upon a ploughshare at his feet. The
-other will exhibit the effigy of the Señor Capitan. It was a matter of
-much deliberation how to mould this second statue that it might form a
-harmonious companion of the first. As you are aware, the Romans did not
-anticipate the triumphs of the inventive modern mind. They did not
-possess the motor-bicycle. But by dint of much thought I have reconciled
-the old with the new. The Señor Capitan will appear as Mercury, the
-messenger of the gods, with his caduceus in his hand, and his winged
-feet planted on a globe. These statues will face each other in the
-public square, and proclaim to future generations the features and the
-characteristics of the two gentlemen whose achievements and merits we
-honour so heartily to-night."
-
-The President at last sat down. Mr. O'Hagan, looking supremely
-uncomfortable, thanked him and the company, for himself and Tim, for the
-flattering honours that had been paid to them; and after speeches from
-Señor Fagasta, Colonel Zegarra, and half a dozen other notables, the
-proceedings came to an end, and the hall was cleared for dancing.
-
-"I say, old chap," said Durand, when he had an opportunity of speaking
-to Tim, "won't you feel rather cold as Mercury?"
-
-"Shut up!" growled Tim. "Old Moll's off his chump. But he doesn't mean
-it."
-
-"But he does!"
-
-"Well then, I'll waylay the silly old thing on the road, and smash it to
-bits. I never heard of such silly rot."
-
-But these violent measures were not necessary. Every now and then
-during the next few months Durand put Tim in a rage by announcing that
-the statues had left Paris, that they had reached Lima, that they were
-on the road. But the truth is that the financial straits to which the
-new republic was soon reduced have hindered the realisation of President
-Mollendo's generous dream, and up to the present the plaza of San
-Rosario is destitute of classic statuary. Cincinnatus lives very
-contentedly on his farm, and Mercury is now leading a grimy existence in
-some famous engineering shops on the Tyne.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOTOR SCOUT ***
-
-
-
-
-A Word from Project Gutenberg
-
-
-We will update this book if we find any errors.
-
-This book can be found under: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/42953
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one
-owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and
-you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission
-and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the
-General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and
-distributing Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works to protect the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
-registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks,
-unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything
-for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may
-use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
-works, reports, performances and research. They may be modified and
-printed and given away - you may do practically _anything_ with public
-domain eBooks. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
-especially commercial redistribution.
-
-
-
-The Full Project Gutenberg License
-
-
-_Please read this before you distribute or use this work._
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg(tm) mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
-any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License available with this file or online at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic works
-
-
-*1.A.* By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg(tm)
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the
-terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all
-copies of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works in your possession. If
-you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-*1.B.* "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things
-that you can do with most Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works even
-without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph
-1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-*1.C.* The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of
-Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works. Nearly all the individual works
-in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you
-from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating
-derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project
-Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) mission of promoting free access to electronic
-works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg(tm) works in compliance with
-the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg(tm) name
-associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this
-agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full
-Project Gutenberg(tm) License when you share it without charge with
-others.
-
-
-*1.D.* The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg(tm) work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-*1.E.* Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-*1.E.1.* The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg(tm) License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg(tm) work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
- almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away
- or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
- included with this eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-*1.E.2.* If an individual Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic work is
-derived from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating
-that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can
-be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying
-any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
-work with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on
-the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
-1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-*1.E.3.* If an individual Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic work is
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and
-distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and
-any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg(tm) License for all works posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
-this work.
-
-*1.E.4.* Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License terms from this work, or any files containing a
-part of this work or any other work associated with Project
-Gutenberg(tm).
-
-*1.E.5.* Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) License.
-
-*1.E.6.* You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg(tm) work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg(tm) web site
-(http://www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or
-expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a
-means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include
-the full Project Gutenberg(tm) License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-*1.E.7.* Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg(tm) works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-*1.E.8.* You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works
-provided that
-
- - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg(tm) works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
- - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg(tm)
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg(tm)
- works.
-
- - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
- - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg(tm) works.
-
-
-*1.E.9.* If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg(tm) trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3. below.
-
-*1.F.*
-
-*1.F.1.* Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg(tm) collection.
-Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works, and the
-medium on which they may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but
-not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
-errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a
-defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer
-codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-*1.F.2.* LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg(tm) trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg(tm) electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees.
-YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
-BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN
-PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND
-ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
-ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
-EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-*1.F.3.* LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-*1.F.4.* Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-*1.F.5.* Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-*1.F.6.* INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg(tm)
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg(tm) work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg(tm)
-
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg(tm)'s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg(tm) collection will remain
-freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
-permanent future for Project Gutenberg(tm) and future generations. To
-learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and
-how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the
-Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org .
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
-of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
-Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is
-64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf . Contributions to the
-Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the
-full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr.
-S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page
-at http://www.pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where
-we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
-statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside
-the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways
-including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate,
-please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg(tm) electronic
-works.
-
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg(tm)
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg(tm) eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg(tm) eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless
-a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks
-in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's eBook
-number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
-compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
-
-Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
-the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
-_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
-new filenames and etext numbers.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg(tm),
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.